Oracle Database Master Index: R
11g Release 2 (11.2)
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
-
r_table_clause attribute
(Text Reference)
-
RAC
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- automatic channels (example)
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- buffered messages
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- configuring Messaging Gateway
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- connection affinity
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- creating online redo logs
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- crosschecking backups
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- crosschecking or deleting
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- FCF
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- features overview
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- performance with Oracle Streams AQ
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue service name
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- running Messaging Gateway agent
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- run-time connection load balancing
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- See Oracle Real Application Clusters
- spreading work
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- statistics
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- SYSDBA passwords
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RAC (Real Application Clusters)
- and TDE (transparent data encryption)
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
RAC Load Balance Advisory
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
RAC, managing service nodes
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
RAC. See Oracle Real Application Clusters.
-
RACCallback DSN attribute
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
RACDDT
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
RACF
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
racgevt process
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
racgimon
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
radial basis functions
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) technology
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
radio group
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
RADIUS
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- accounting
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- asynchronous authentication mode
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- authentication modes
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- authentication parameters
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- challenge-response
- authentication (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- user interface (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- user interface (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuring
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- database links not supported
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- location of secret key
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- smartcards and
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sqlnet.ora file sample
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- synchronous authentication mode
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- system requirements
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
RADIUS authentication
(Security Guide)
-
ragged hierarchies
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
RAID
- and mirroring Oracle Cluster Registry and voting disk
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- device names
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommended ASM redundancy level
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- using for Oracle data files
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
RAISE statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
RAISE statement (exceptions)
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR procedure
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
RAISE_APPLICATION_ERROR() procedure
(Administrator's Guide)
-
RAM
- usage policy
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
RAM policy
- defined
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- ttAdmin
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
RAM requirements
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #4] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #5] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
RAM usage
- ttRamGrace
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- ttRamLoad
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- ttRamPolicy
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- ttRamUnload
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
ramPolicy
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
RANDOM function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
random numbers
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
RANDOM procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
random sparsity
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RANDOM.SEED.1 option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RANDOM.SEED.2 option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
randomizing requests among listeners
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
-
range
- distribution value
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- examples of partitions
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- measure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- partitions
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
range conditions
(SQL Language Reference)
-
range index
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
range indexes
- overview
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
Range Interface
- cloneContent()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- cloneRange()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- CompareBoundaryPoints()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- deleteContents()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- detach()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package
(XML C++ API Reference)
- extractContent()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getCollapsed()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getCommonAncestorContainer()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getEndContainer()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getEndOffset()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getStartContainer()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getStartOffset()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- insertNode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- selectNode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- selectNodeContent()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- setEnd()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- setEndAfter()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- setEndBefore()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- setStart()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- setStartAfter()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- setStartBefore()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- surroundContents()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- toString()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
Range optimizer flag
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
Range package for C
(XML C API Reference)
-
range partitioning
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- converting to interval partitioning
(SQL Language Reference)
- creating tables using
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- index-organized tables
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- multicolumn partitioning keys
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- performance considerations
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
range partitions
(Concepts)
- adding
(SQL Language Reference)
- creating
(SQL Language Reference)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- example
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- retrieving calculation for
(OLAP DML Reference)
- values of
(SQL Language Reference)
-
range Source objects
- definition
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
range test
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
range_partition_desc
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
range_partitions
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
range_subpartition_desc
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
range_values_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
RangeException Interface
- Dom package
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getCode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getMesLang()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getMessage()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getRangeCode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
RangeExceptionCode datatype, DOM package
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
range-hash partitioning
- creating tables using
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- subpartitioning template
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
range-list partitioning
- creating tables using
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- subpartitioning template
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
range-partitioned table
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
range-range partitioning
- creating tables using
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
rank
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
RANK (aggregate) function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
RANK (analytic) function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
RANK function
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
- number of calls to
(OLAP DML Reference)
- number of computed values
(OLAP DML Reference)
- number of triggered sorts
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RANK_APPLY procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RANK_CALLS option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RANK_CELLS option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RANK_SORTS option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ranking functions
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
ranking performance monitoring
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Raptor
- former code name for SQL Developer
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
RASF image format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
raster
- nominal size
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- storage size
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
raster block data
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
raster data
- introduction
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
raster data table (RDT)
- creating
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- cross-schema support
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- definition
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- making names unique
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- object table of type SDO_RASTER
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- rasterDataTable attribute
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- RDT_TABLE_NAME column
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- renaming
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
raster ID
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
raster space
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
raster type
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
RASTER_ID column (in USER_SDO_GEOR_SYSDATA view)
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
rasterBlock attribute of SDO_RASTER
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
rasterDataTable attribute of SDO_GEORASTER
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
rasterID attribute of SDO_GEORASTER
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
rasterID attribute of SDO_RASTER
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
rasterType attribute of SDO_GEORASTER
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
RATE parameter, allocOperandList subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RATE_LIMIT configuration parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
RATIO_TO_REPORT function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RAW
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- column definition from DESCRIBE
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- external data type
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- external datatype
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle external datatype
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- payload delivery with notification
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using RAW queues for Internet operations
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
RAW class
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
RAW column, maximum width
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
RAW data type
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #7] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #8] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #9] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #10] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- converting from CHAR data
(SQL Language Reference)
-
raw data type class
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
RAW data types
- in logical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
RAW datatype
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- compared with CHAR
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- converting
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- external
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- internal
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- performing character string operations
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- restrictions
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
raw devices
- and broker configuration files
(Data Guard Broker)
- and upgrades
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- backing up to
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- buffer cache size
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- desupport of
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- sizing
(Data Guard Broker)
- supported for upgrades only
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- UNIX backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- upgrading existing partitions
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- Windows backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
raw devices desupported, Preface
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
RAW image compression format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
Raw Pixel
- band interleaving
(Multimedia Reference)
- blue channel number
(Multimedia Reference)
- compression type
(Multimedia Reference)
- foreign image support
(Multimedia Reference)
- green channel number
(Multimedia Reference)
- header C language constants
(Multimedia Reference)
- header C language structure
(Multimedia Reference)
- image header length
(Multimedia Reference)
- image height
(Multimedia Reference)
- image identifier
(Multimedia Reference)
- image width
(Multimedia Reference)
- interleave
(Multimedia Reference)
- major version
(Multimedia Reference)
- minor version
(Multimedia Reference)
- number of bands
(Multimedia Reference)
- n-band data
(Multimedia Reference)
- pixel order
(Multimedia Reference)
- pixel ordering
(Multimedia Reference)
- PL/SQL constants
(Multimedia Reference)
- post-header gap
(Multimedia Reference)
- red channel number
(Multimedia Reference)
- reserved area
(Multimedia Reference)
- scanline order
(Multimedia Reference)
- scanline ordering
(Multimedia Reference)
- using CCITT compression
(Multimedia Reference)
-
Raw Pixel image format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
raw values
- converting
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RAW_ARG procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
RAW_TO_NUMBER FORMAT function
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
RAW_TO_NUMBER function
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
RAWTOHEX function
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RAWTONHEX function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RBS tablespace
- description
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
RC_ARCHIVED_LOG view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_ARCHIVELOG_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_ARCHIVELOG_SUMMARY view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_CONTROLFILE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_CONTROLFILE_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_CONTROLFILE_SUMMARY view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_COPY_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_COPY_SUMMARY view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_CORRUPTION view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_DATAFILE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_DATAFILE_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_DATAFILE_SUMMARY view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_FILES view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_PIECE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_PIECE_DETAILS
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_PIECE_DETAILS view
(Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_REDOLOG view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_SET view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_SET_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_SET_SUMMARY view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_SPFILE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_SPFILE_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_BACKUP_SPFILE_SUMMARY view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_CHECKPOINT view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- See RC_RESYNC view
-
RC_CONTROLFILE_COPY view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_COPY_CORRUPTION view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_DATABASE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
RC_DATABASE_BLOCK_CORRUPTION view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_DATABASE_INCARNATION view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
RC_DATAFILE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_DATAFILE_COPY view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_LOG_HISTORY view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_OFFLINE_RANGE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_PROXY_ARCHIVEDLOG view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_PROXY_ARCHIVELOG_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_PROXY_ARCHIVELOG_SUMMARY view
(Reference)
-
RC_PROXY_CONTROLFILE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_PROXY_COPY_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_PROXY_COPY_SUMMARY view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_PROXY_DATAFILE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_REDO_LOG view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_REDO_THREAD view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_RESTORE_POINT view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_RESYNC view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_RMAN_BACKUP_JOB_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_RMAN_BACKUP_SUBJOB_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_RMAN_BACKUP_TYPE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_RMAN_CONFIGURATION view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_RMAN_OUTPUT view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_RMAN_STATUS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_SITE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_STORED_SCRIPT view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_STORED_SCRIPT_LINE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_TABLESPACE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_TEMPFILE view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC_UNUSABLE_BACKUPFILE_DETAILS view
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RC4 encryption algorithm
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
rconfig
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
RCPT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Rdb Database field
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
RDB_DATABASE networking parameter
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
-
RDBMS (relational database management system)
(Concepts)
-
rdbms ipc reply wait events
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
RDBMS_SERVER_DN initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
RDF rulebase
- subset of RDFS rulebase
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDF$ET_TAB table
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDF_VALUE$ table
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDFCTX_INDEX_EXCEPTIONS view
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDFCTX_POLICIES view
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDFOLS_SECURE_RESOURCE view
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDFS entailment rules
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDFS rulebase
- implements RDFS entailment rules
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDFVPD_MODELS view
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDFVPD_POLICIES view
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDFVPD_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS view
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDFVPD_PREDICATE_MDATA view
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDFVPD_RESOURCE_REL view
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
RDT_TABLE_NAME column (in USER_SDO_GEOR_SYSDATA view)
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
RE$ATTRIBUTE_VALUE type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RE$ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RE$COLUMN_VALUE type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RE$COLUMN_VALUE_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RE$NAME_ARRAY type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #3] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #4] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #5] (Streams Extended Examples)
-
RE$NV_ARRAY type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RE$NV_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #4] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #5] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #6] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #7] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #8] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #9] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #10] (Streams Extended Examples)
- ADD_PAIR member procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- GET_ALL_NAMES member function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_VALUE member function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVE_PAIR member procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
RE$RULE_HIT type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RE$RULE_HIT_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #3] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #4] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #5] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #6] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #7] (Streams Extended Examples)
-
RE$TABLE_ALIAS type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RE$TABLE_ALIAS_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #3] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #4] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #5] (Streams Extended Examples)
-
RE$TABLE_VALUE type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #3] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #4] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #5] (Streams Extended Examples)
-
RE$TABLE_VALUE_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #3] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #4] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #5] (Streams Extended Examples)
-
RE$VARIABLE_TYPE type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RE$VARIABLE_TYPE_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #3] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #4] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #5] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #6] (Streams Extended Examples)
-
RE$VARIABLE_VALUE type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #3] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #4] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #5] (Streams Extended Examples)
-
RE$VARIABLE_VALUE_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #3] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #4] (Streams Extended Examples)
- [entry #5] (Streams Extended Examples)
-
reachable nodes
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
reaching nodes
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
read access
- algorithm
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- introduction
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
read committed isolation
(Concepts)
-
read committed isolation level
- SELECT gives duplicate results
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
-
READ COMMITTED transactions
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
read consistency
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- managing in distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- multi-versioning
(Concepts)
- statement-level
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- transaction-level
- locking tables explicitly for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- read-only transaction for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- what it is (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
read errors
- recovery
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
read label
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
READ object privilege
- on a materialized directory
(SQL Language Reference)
-
READ ONLY clause
- of ALTER TABLESPACE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
-
READ ONLY parameter
- in SET TRANSACTION statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in SET TRANSACTION
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
READ ONLY parameter, using in SET TRANSACTION
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
read only tablespaces
(2 Day DBA)
-
READ ONLY transactions
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
READ privilege
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
READ Procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
read Transaction object
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
read uncommitted
(Concepts)
-
READ UNCOMMITTED transactions
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
read wait events
- direct path
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- scattered
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
READ WRITE clause
- of ALTER TABLESPACE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
-
read write tablespaces
(2 Day DBA)
-
READ WRITE transactions
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
read( ) method
(Multimedia Reference)
-
READ_CLIENT_INFO procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
READ_CONTROL option
- algorithm
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- and CHECK_CONTROL
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- and child rows
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- definition
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- referential integrity
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- with other options
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- with predicates
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
READ_LINE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
READ_LINE procedure
- of UTL_HTTP
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
READ_MODULE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
READ_NETWORK procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
READ_ONLY
- PGA_COMPATIBILITY setting
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
READ_ONLY function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
READ_ONLY procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
READ_ONLY_OPEN_DELAYED initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
READ_RAW function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
READ_RAW procedure
- of UTL_HTTP
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
READ_TEXT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
READ_TEXT procedure
- of UTL_HTTP
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
READ_WRITE function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
READ_WRITE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Read/Write Mode
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
read/write mode
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
READ2CLOB function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
READER process
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
readFromSource( ) method
(Multimedia Reference)
-
reading
- data from a LOB
- internal persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- large data chunks, performance guidelines
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- large data chunks, temporary LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- portion of BFILE data using substr
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- portion of LOB using substr
- internal persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- small amounts of data, enable buffering
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
reading down
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
reading files
(OLAP DML Reference)
- current record number
(OLAP DML Reference)
- error diagnosis
(OLAP DML Reference)
- FILEREAD command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- processing a record
(OLAP DML Reference)
- reading a record
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
README file
- for GeoRaster tools
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- for Spatial, GeoRaster, and topology and network data models
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
readme.txt file
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
READONLY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
READONLY cache table attribute
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
READONLY parameter
- CONVERT command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RECOVER command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- VALIDATE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
reads
- limits on data blocks
(Security Guide)
-
READSIZE parameter
- SQL*Loader command line
(Utilities)
- effect on LOBs (Utilities)
- maximum size (Utilities)
-
read-consistent export
(Utilities)
-
read-consistent locators
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
read-o
(Advanced Replication)
-
read-only cache group
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- create
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- definition
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- replicating
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- restrictions
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
read-only database
- opening
(Administrator's Guide)
-
read-only databases
- limitations
(Administrator's Guide)
-
read-only editioning view
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
read-only isolation mode
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
read-only materialized views
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- configuring
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- registration
- manual (Advanced Replication)
-
read-only mode
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
read-only mode, affect on AUDIT_TRAIL parameter
(Security Guide)
-
read-only operations
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical standby databases and
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
read-only response
- two-phase commit
(Administrator's Guide)
-
read-only support
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
read-only tables
(Administrator's Guide)
-
read-only tablespaces
- as a best practice
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- datafile headers when rename
(Administrator's Guide)
- delaying opening of datafiles
(Administrator's Guide)
- Import
(Utilities)
- making read-only
(Administrator's Guide)
- making writable
(Administrator's Guide)
- WORM devices
(Administrator's Guide)
-
read-only TopoMap objects
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
read-only transaction
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ending
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
read-only transactions
- description of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- example of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- how ended
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
read-write editioning view
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
read-write transaction
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
Real Application Clusters
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- allocating extents for cluster
(Administrator's Guide)
- Cache Fusion
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- clusterware
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- converting single-instance nodes to
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- creating UNIX groups and users
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- database character set migration
(Globalization Support Guide)
- dynamic performance views
(Reference)
- hardware requirements
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- initialization parameters
- CIRCUITS (Reference)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE (Reference)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE_INSTANCES (Reference)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS (Reference)
- DISPATCHERS (Reference)
- FAST_START_PARALLEL_ROLLBACK (Reference)
- PARALLEL_ADAPTIVE_MULTI_USER (Reference)
- PARALLEL_AUTOMATIC_TUNING (Reference)
- PARALLEL_EXECUTION_MESSAGE_SIZE (Reference)
- PARALLEL_INSTANCE_GROUP (Reference)
- PARALLEL_MAX_SERVERS (Reference)
- PARALLEL_MIN_PERCENT (Reference)
- PARALLEL_MIN_SERVERS (Reference)
- PARALLEL_THREADS_PER_CPU (Reference)
- installed components
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- inventory for
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- IP address requirements
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- network
- hardware requirements (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- parameter requirements (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- node time requirements
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- Oracle
- base directory (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- base directory (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- Clusterware home directory (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- home directory (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- inventory directory (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- patching
- all node patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- minimum downtime patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- rolling patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- patchsets and upgrades
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- See RAC
- sequence numbers and
(Administrator's Guide)
- setup and pre-install config tasks
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- software requirements
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SSH configuration
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- support for
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- system installation requirements
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- system monitor process and
(Concepts)
- threads of online redo log
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- troubleshooting
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- updating nodes
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
Real Application Clusters (RAC)
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
Real Application Clusters (RAC) and parallel queries
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
Real Application Tasks
- post installation tasks
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- backing up disk (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- configuring Oracle products (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- downloading and installing patches (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- verification (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
REAL data type
(Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
real literal
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
REAL subtype
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
realm (Kerberos)
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
Realm Audit Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
Realm Authorization Configuration Issues Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
Realms
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
realms
- about
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- adding roles to as grantees
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- audit events, custom
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- authentication-related procedures
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- authorization
- how realm authorizations work (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- process flow (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- troubleshooting (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- updating with DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_REALM_AUTH (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- authorizations
- grantee (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule set (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creating
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creating names
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- default realms
- listed (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- default realms not showing in Database Vault Administrator
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- deleting
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- disabling
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_REALM_OWNER role
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_REALM_RESOURCE role
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL constants, example of
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- editing
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- effect on other Oracle Database Vault components
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- enabling
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- example
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- functions
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL (utility) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL constants (fields) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- guidelines
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- how realms work
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- naming conventions
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- object-related procedures
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- performance effect
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- procedures
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- process flow
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- propagating policies to other databases
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realm authorizations
- about (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realm secured objects
- deleting (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- editing (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- object name (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- object owner (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- object type (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realm system authorizations
- creating (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- deleting (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- editing (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realm-secured objects
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reports
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- roles
- DV_REALM_OWNER (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_REALM_RESOURCE (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secured object
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- See also rule sets
- territory a realm protects
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- troubleshooting
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- tutorial
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- updating with DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_REALM
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- views
- DBA_DV_CODE (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_REALM (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_REALM_AUTH (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_REALM_OBJECT (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_REALM_OBJECT (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
RealNetworks Real Video data formats
(Multimedia Reference)
-
real-time apply
- affected by MAX_CONNECTIONS attribute
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overview of log apply services
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on logical standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting on logical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting on physical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- stopping
- on logical standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tracing data with LOG_ARCHIVE_TRACE initialization parameter
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
real-time query
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- collecting ASH samples on
(High Availability Overview)
- configuring apply lag tolerance
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- forcing Redo Apply synchronization
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring apply lag
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
real-time scoring, Preface
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
Real-time SQL Monitoring Subprograms
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REASSOCIATE_FBA Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
rebal command
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
rebalance
- tuning
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
REBALANCE NOWAIT clause
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
REBALANCE WAIT clause
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
rebalance_diskgroup_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
rebalancing
(2 Day DBA)
- disk groups
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- workloads
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
rebalancing a disk group
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
reblocking
(Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
-
REBUILD clause
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER OUTLINE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REBUILD INDEX PARTITION statement
- rules of parallelism
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
REBUILD INDEX statement
- rules of parallelism
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
REBUILD PARTITION clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
-
Rebuild Solution
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
REBUILD SUBPARTITION clause
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REBUILD UNUSABLE LOCAL INDEXES clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
rebuild_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
REBUILD_FREELISTS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
rebuilding
- spatial indexes
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
rebuilding an index
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
rebuilding index
- example
(Text Reference)
- syntax
(Text Reference)
-
rebuilding indexes
(Administrator's Guide)
- costs
(Administrator's Guide)
- online
(Administrator's Guide)
-
RECAP command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Receive operation Time field in Oracle Net Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
RECEIVE_MESSAGE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
receiver
- registering
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- replication
(Advanced Replication)
-
Receiver Operating Characteristic
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
receiver operating characteristic
- statistics
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
ReceiverThreads attribute
- attributes
- ReceiverThreads (TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
RECHECK Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RECHECK function
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
recipients
- about
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- recipient lists in JMS
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
reclaiming space
(2 Day DBA)
-
reclaiming unused space
(Administrator's Guide)
-
RECNO function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RECNUM attribute
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
RECNUM columns
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
RECNUM parameter
- use with SQL*Loader SKIP parameter
(Utilities)
-
RECOMP_PARALLEL procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RECOMP_SERIAL procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
recompilation
- object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
recompilation errors
- causes
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
recompiling
- view
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
recompiling TIPs
- See TIP
-
RECONFIGCACHE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
reconfiguring
- databases dynamically
(High Availability Overview)
-
reconfiguring CSS
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
record
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- creating
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- creating type for
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- definition and declaration of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- nested
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- relationship to row
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- what it is
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
record headers, inspecting, XLA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
record separators, printing
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
RECORD type (PL/SQL)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
RECORD type support
- details
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- summary
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
record types
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- dropping
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- getting ID
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- granting access to a user
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- publishing
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- registering plugin
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- revoking access from a user
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- setting capabilities information
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
record view map
- deleting
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
record view maps (setting)
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
record, user-defined
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
RECORD_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATIONS
- example
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
recording cluster configuration information
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
recording node membership information
- voting disk
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
RECORDLENGTH parameter
- Export utility
(Utilities)
- Import utility
(Utilities)
-
records
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- add
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- consolidating into a single logical record
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- discarded by SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- DISCARDMAX command-line parameter
(Utilities)
- distinguishing different formats for SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- extracting and loading master and detail records
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- extracting multiple logical records using SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- fixed format
(Utilities)
- missing data columns during load
(Utilities)
- rejected by SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
- [subentry #4] (Utilities)
- relationships between masters and details in flat files
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- setting column to record number with SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- specifying how to load
(Utilities)
- specifying length for export
(Utilities)
- specifying length for import
(Utilities)
- stream record format
(Utilities)
-
records, PL/SQL
(Concepts)
-
records_per_block_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
recordSpec subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recover (distributed transactions)
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
RECOVER AUTOMATIC clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RECOVER CANCEL clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RECOVER clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ALTER DATABASE statement
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- STARTUP command
(Administrator's Guide)
-
recover clause
- parameter descriptions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RECOVER command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and database recovery
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AUTOMATIC clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- blockObject subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CANCEL clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONTINUE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COPY option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DATABASE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- dbObject subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- FROM clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LOGFILE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NOPARALLEL clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PARALLEL and NOPARALLEL options
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- recover clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- recoverObject subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- recoverOptionList subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- recoverSpec subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- sizeSpec subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SQL*Plus
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- STANDBY DATABASE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- STANDBY DATAFILE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- STANDBY TABLESPACE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TEST option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- unrecoverable objects and standby databases
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- UNTIL CANCEL clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- UNTIL CONTROLFILE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- UNTIL TIME clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- UNTIL TIME option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- USING BACKUP CONTROL FILE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- USING BACKUP CONTROLFILE clause
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RECOVER CONTINUE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RECOVER DATABASE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RECOVER DATAFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RECOVER LOGFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RECOVER MANAGED STANDBY DATABASE CANCEL clause
- aborting
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
RECOVER MANAGED STANDBY DATABASE clause
- canceling the DELAY control option
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #6] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #7] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #8] (SQL Language Reference)
- background process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- controlling Redo Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- controlling Redo Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- foreground session (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overriding the delay interval (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting real time apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
RECOVER OF COPY parameter, BACKUP command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RECOVER OF TAG parameter, BACKUP command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RECOVER procedure
(Text Reference)
-
RECOVER TABLESPACE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RECOVER TO LOGICAL STANDBY clause
- converting a physical standby database to a logical standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
RECOVER user ID
- DB2 UDB for iSeries
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for Linux, Unix, and Windows
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for z/OS
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- HS_FDS_RECOVERY_ACCOUNT
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
RECOVER_OPERATION procedure
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
RECOVERABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- See also LOGGING clause
-
RECOVERABLE parameter, LIST command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recoverableClause subclause
- parameter descriptions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RecoverAllMigratingTables procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
recoverer process
- disabling
(Administrator's Guide)
- distributed transaction recovery
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling
(Administrator's Guide)
- pending transaction table
(Administrator's Guide)
-
recoverer process (RECO)
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- in-doubt transactions
(Concepts)
-
RecoverFromDroppedUser procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
recovering
- from errors
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- logical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical standby databases
- after an OPEN RESETLOGS (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- after an OPEN RESETLOGS (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Scheduler jobs
(Administrator's Guide)
- through resetlogs
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
recovering failed data stores
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
recovering from inventory corruption
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
recovering from Oracle RAC inventory corruption
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
RecoverMigratingTable procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
recoverObject subclause
- parameter descriptions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recoverOptionList subclause
- parameter descriptions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recoverSpec subclause
- parameter descriptions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery
- ADD DATAFILE operation
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- after SHUTDOWN ABORT
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- allowing corrupt blocks
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- archive logs
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- automatically applying archived logs
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- cancel-based
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- complete
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Concepts)
- closed database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- offline tablespaces (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuration
(2 Day DBA)
- corruption
- intentionally allowing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- creating new control files
(Administrator's Guide)
- database
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- in NOARCHIVELOG mode (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- database buffers and
(Concepts)
- database files
- how RMAN applies changes (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- overview (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- database in NOARCHIVELOG mode (example)
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- database point-in-time
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- datafiles
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- description of
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- direct path load
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- disaster using RMAN
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- discarding data
(SQL Language Reference)
- distributed processing in
(Concepts)
- distributed, enabling
(SQL Language Reference)
- dropped table
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- enabling archiving
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- errors
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- failures requiring
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- fast recovery area
(2 Day DBA)
- from asynchronous change set capture errors
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- from multiple node failure
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- from single-node failure
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- incomplete
(2 Day DBA)
- incremental
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- instance
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- instance recovery
- SMON process (Concepts)
- instance state during
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- instance, continue after interruption
(SQL Language Reference)
- interrupting
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- media
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Concepts)
- [subentry #6] (Concepts)
- [subentry #7] (Concepts)
- [subentry #8] (Concepts)
- media failures
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- media recovery
- dispatcher processes (Concepts)
- media, designing
(SQL Language Reference)
- media, performing ongoing
(SQL Language Reference)
- multiple redo threads
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- number of required processes
(Reference)
- of database
(SQL Language Reference)
- of lost or damaged recovery catalog
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- online
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- online redo logs
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- losing member (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- loss of group (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Oracle Cluster Registry (OCR)
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- overview
(2 Day DBA)
- parallel
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- parallel DML
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- PARALLEL_MAX_SERVERS initialization parameter
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- parallelism
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- point-in-time of duplicate databases
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- preparing for
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- privileges
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- problems
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- fixing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- investigating (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- process recovery
(Concepts)
- read errors
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- RECOVER command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- replacing rows
(Utilities)
- replication environments
(Advanced Replication)
- required after terminating instance
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- restoring the OCR from backup
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- restrictions
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- rolling back transactions
(Concepts)
- search order for backups
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- server parameter file
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- stuck
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- tablespace
- point-in-time (Concepts)
- time-based
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- transportable tablespaces
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- trial
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- explanation (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- overview (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- troubleshooting
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- user errors
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- user-managed
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using backup control file
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- without recovery catalog (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using logs in a nondefault location
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using logs in default location
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using logs in nondefault location
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- voting disks
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- whole database recovery
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- with Enterprise Manager
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- without a recovery catalog
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- write errors
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
recovery account, creating
(Database Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Database Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
RECOVERY AREA parameter
- BACKUP command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CATALOG command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RESTORE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- VALIDATE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery catalog
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backing up
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- cataloging backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- centralization of metadata
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- connecting to
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- creating
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- crosschecking
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DB_UNIQUE_NAME
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- DBID problems
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- definition
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- deleting backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- deleting records
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- dropping
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- granting access
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- log switch record
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- managing size of
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- operating with
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- purpose of
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- recovery of
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- refreshing
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- registering databases
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- removing databases
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- removing references
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- removing repository records
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- replacing scripts
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- resynchronizing
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- space requirements
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- stored scripts
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- creating (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- synchronization
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- unregistering databases
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- updating
- after operating system deletions (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- updating DB_UNIQUE_NAME
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- upgrading
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Upgrade Guide)
- upgrading versions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- views, querying
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- virtual private catalogs
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
recovery catalog databases, connecting to
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery catalog views
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RC_DATABASE
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RC_DATABASE_INCARNATION
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- See also specific view names
- summary list
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery catalogs
- backing up
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- creating
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- creating stored scripts
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- deleting
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- dropping
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- importing
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- moving
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- removing references
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- resynchronization
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- revoking privileges
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- running RMAN without
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- stored scripts, available information
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- unregistering
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery catalogs, moving metadata
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery catalogs.NOCATALOG mode
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery clauses
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
recovery files
- options for placing on file system
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- supported storage options
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
RECOVERY FILES parameter
- BACKUP command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- VALIDATE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery files, backing up
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
Recovery Manager
- allocating tape buffers
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- archived redo logs
- backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- authentication
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- archived redo logs (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backing up (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backing up (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- batch deletion of obsolete (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- control files (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- datafile (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- datafile (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- datafile (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- duplexed (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- image copy (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- incremental (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- incremental (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- incremental (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- optimization (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- optimization (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- tablespace (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- tablespace (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- testing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- testing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- testing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- testing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- testing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- validating (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- validating (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- validating (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- validating (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- whole database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- whole database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- capture processes
- archived redo log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- fast recovery area (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- channels
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- naming conventions (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- characteristics complementary to Data Guard
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- client
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- commands
- DUPLICATE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- compatibility
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- connecting to databases
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CONVERT DATABASE command
- Streams instantiation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams instantiation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams instantiation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- corrupt datafile blocks
- handling I/O errors and (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- crosschecking recovery catalog
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- database character set
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- database connections
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- auxiliary database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- duplicate database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- hiding passwords (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SYSDBA required for target (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- without a catalog (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- dates in commands
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- DBMS_PIPE package
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- definition
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- disconnecting from
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DUPLICATE command
- Streams instantiation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams instantiation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams instantiation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams instantiation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams instantiation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- duplicate databases, overview of
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- error codes
- message numbers (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- errors
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- interpreting (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- file deletion
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- fractured block detection in
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- image copy backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- incremental backups
- cumulative (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- differential (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- level 0 (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- information provisioning
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- integrity checking
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- jobs, monitoring progress
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- jobs, querying details of
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- lists
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- maintenance commands
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- media management
- backing up files (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Backup Solutions Program (BSP) (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- crosschecking (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- media manager, linking with a (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- metadata
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- monitoring
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- overview
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- performance
- monitoring (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- pipe interface
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- proxy copy
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- recovery
- after total media failure (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- recovery catalog
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backing up (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- crosschecking (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- managing the size of (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- operating with (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- recovering (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- registration of target databases (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- registration of target databases (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- registration of target databases (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- resynchronizing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- synchronization (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- upgrading (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- reports
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- database schema (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- objects needing a backup (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- obsolete backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- repository
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- restoring
- archived redo logs (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- datafiles (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- retention policies
- configuring (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- return codes
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- setting time parameters
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- snapshot control file location
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- standby database
- creating (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LOG_FILE_NAME_CONVERT initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- preparing using RMAN (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- starting a database
(Administrator's Guide)
- starting an instance
(Administrator's Guide)
- Streams instantiation
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- synchronous and asynchronous I/O
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- terminating commands
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- test disk API
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- TRANSPORT TABLESPACE command
- Streams instantiation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- types of backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using RMAN commands
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
Recovery Manager (RMAN)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- benefits
(High Availability Overview)
- channels
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- control file use
(2 Day DBA)
- description
(High Availability Overview)
- overview
(2 Day DBA)
- parallelism
(2 Day DBA)
- parallelism and backups
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- recovery catalog
(2 Day DBA)
- repository
(2 Day DBA)
-
Recovery Manager client, opening
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
Recovery Manager, control file autobackups
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery of databases
- Oracle Backup and Recovery
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
recovery point objective (RPO)
- defined, Glossary
(High Availability Overview)
- description
(High Availability Overview)
- [subentry #2] (High Availability Overview)
-
recovery time
- reducing downtime from data block corruption
(High Availability Overview)
-
recovery time objective (RTO)
- defined, Glossary
(High Availability Overview)
- description
(High Availability Overview)
- [subentry #2] (High Availability Overview)
-
recovery user ID and password
- DB2 UDB for iSeries
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for Linux, Unix, and Windows
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for z/OS
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
recovery window
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- point of recoverability
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RECOVERY WINDOW OF parameter, obsOperandList subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RECOVERY WINDOW parameter
- CONFIGURE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- REPORT command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery windows
- configuring for retention policy
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- definition
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- report output
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery windows, report output
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
recovery, global transactions, JTA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
RECOVERY_ACCOUNT
- account username
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- creating a recovery account
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
RECOVERY_CATALOG_OWNER role
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- about
(Security Guide)
-
recovery_clauses
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
RECOVERY_PARALLELISM initialization parameter
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
RECOVERY_PARALLELISM parameter
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
RecoveryThreads attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
RECREATE_INDEX_ONLINE
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- and DML
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
recreating a local partitioned index online
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
recreating an index
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
recreating an index online
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
RECSEP variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
RECSEPCHAR variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
rectangle
- minimum bounding
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- three-dimensional optimized
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- type
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
rectification
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- checking for
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- See also orthorectification
- setting
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
rectification of geometries
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
RECTIFY procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
RECTIFY_GEOMETRY function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
rectifying
- tables
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
recursive calls
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
RECURSIVE option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
recursive schema support
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
recursive SQL
(Concepts)
-
recursive SQLJ calls in server
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
recursive subprogram
- in general
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- result-cached
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
recursive subquery factoring
(SQL Language Reference)
-
recursive trigger
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
recursiveJoin method
- description
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
RECV_BUF_SIZE
(Net Services Reference)
-
RECV_BUF_SIZE networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
-
RecvQEntries property
(Data Guard Broker)
-
Recycle Bin
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- purging
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- searching
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- using
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- viewing objects
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
-
Recycle bin
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
recycle bin
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- about
(Administrator's Guide)
- purging
(Administrator's Guide)
- purging objects from
(SQL Language Reference)
- renamed objects
(Administrator's Guide)
- restoring objects from
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- viewing
(Administrator's Guide)
-
recycle bin, guidelines on managing
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
recycle bins
(2 Day DBA)
-
RECYCLE cache
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
RECYCLEBIN initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- default setting in Oracle Database Vault
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- security considerations
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
RECYCLEBIN synonym for USER_RECYCLEBIN view
(Reference)
-
recycleConnectionPool
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
recycling a connection pool
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
Red Hat
- operating system requirements
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
Red Hat Package Manager
- See RPM
-
REDEFINE DATA statement
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
REDEFINE_GEOM_SEGMENT procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
REDEFINES
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
REDEFINES clause
- purpose
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
redefining
- geometric segment
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- methods
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
redefining tables
- online
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- replication (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
redefining tables online
- See online redefinition of tables
-
redefinition, edition-based
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
redirect connection
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
REDIRECT_URL procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
redirecting output
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
Redo Apply
(Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- defined
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- flashing back after failover
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- stopping
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- technology
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tuning the log apply rate
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
REDO BUFFER ALLOCATION RETRIES statistic
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
REDO command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
redo data
- applying
- through Redo Apply technology (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- through SQL Apply technology (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying during conversion of a physical standby database to a logical standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- archiving on the standby system
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- building a dictionary in
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- manually transferring
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- transmitting
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
redo forwarding
- restrictions
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
redo gaps
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- manual resolution
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reducing resolution time
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
redo information for transaction
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
redo log
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
redo log file
- installed configuration
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- LogMiner utility
- versions supported (Utilities)
-
redo log files
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- active (current)
(Administrator's Guide)
- analyzing
(Utilities)
- archived
- asynchronous Change Data Capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- archiving
(Administrator's Guide)
- auditing commited and rolled back transactions
(Security Guide)
- available for use
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- block size, setting
(Administrator's Guide)
- circular use of
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- clearing
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- contents of
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- creating as Oracle-managed files
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files, example
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating groups
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating members
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- delaying application
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- described
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- determining which are no longer needed by Change Data Capture
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- distributed transaction information in
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- dropping groups
(Administrator's Guide)
- dropping members
(Administrator's Guide)
- group members
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- groups, defined
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- how many in redo log
(Administrator's Guide)
- in starter database
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- inactive
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- instance recovery
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- instance recovery use of
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- legal and illegal configurations
(Administrator's Guide)
- LGWR and the
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- locating
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- log sequence number
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- log switches
(Administrator's Guide)
- maximum number of members
(Administrator's Guide)
- members
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- mirrored, log switches and
(Administrator's Guide)
- multiplexed
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Concepts)
- [subentry #5] (Concepts)
- naming
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- online, defined
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- planning the
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- redo entries
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- requirements
(Administrator's Guide)
- requirements for LogMiner utility
(Utilities)
- reviewing
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- See also online redo logs
- See online redo log files or archived redo log files
- specifying
(SQL Language Reference)
- specifying at database creation
(Administrator's Guide)
- specifying for a control file
(SQL Language Reference)
- specifying for the LogMiner utility
(Utilities)
- storing separately from datafiles
(Administrator's Guide)
- threads
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- unavailable when database is opened
(Administrator's Guide)
- using
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- using Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control with
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- verifying blocks
(Administrator's Guide)
-
redo log groups
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
redo logs
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- adding
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- applying to logical standby database
(SQL Language Reference)
- archive location
(SQL Language Reference)
- archiver process (ARCn)
(Concepts)
- archiving
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- automatic application on physical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- automatic archiving
(SQL Language Reference)
- automatic name generation
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- backing up
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- buffer management
(Concepts)
- buffer size
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- capture process
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- clearing
(SQL Language Reference)
- committed data
(Concepts)
- committing a transaction
(Concepts)
- creating in Oracle Automatic Storage Management
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- direct path load
(Utilities)
- dropping
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- enabling and disabling thread
(SQL Language Reference)
- for duplicate databases
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- for RAC
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- format and destination specifications
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- incompatible format
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- instance and media recovery
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- location
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- log switch
- archiver process (Concepts)
- log writer process
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- manual archiving
(SQL Language Reference)
- all (SQL Language Reference)
- by group number (SQL Language Reference)
- by SCN (SQL Language Reference)
- current (SQL Language Reference)
- next (SQL Language Reference)
- with sequence numbers (SQL Language Reference)
- members
- adding to existing groups (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- renaming (SQL Language Reference)
- minimizing use during direct path loads
(Utilities)
- mirroring
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- naming
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- omitting from recovery
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- parallel redo
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- placement on disk
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- remove changes from
(SQL Language Reference)
- reusing
(SQL Language Reference)
- rolling forward
(Concepts)
- saving space
- direct path load (Utilities)
- See also online redo log
- sequence numbers
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- size of
(SQL Language Reference)
- sizing
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- space requests
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- specifying
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- for media recovery (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying archive mode
(SQL Language Reference)
- switching groups
(SQL Language Reference)
- update standby database tables
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- writing buffers
(Concepts)
-
redo logs buffer
(Concepts)
-
redo management
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
redo records
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- LOGGING and NOLOGGING
(Administrator's Guide)
- problems when applying
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
redo thread
(Reference)
-
redo threads
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
redo transport services
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- archive destinations
- alternate (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- re-archiving to failed destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ASYNC mode
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- authenticating sessions
- using a password file (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using SSL (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuring
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data protection modes (Data Guard Broker)
- configuring security
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Data Guard configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
- defined
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- gap detection
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- handling archive failures
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LogShipping property
(Data Guard Broker)
- managing
(Data Guard Broker)
- monitoring status
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- network
- tuning (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- protection modes
- maximum availability mode (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum performance mode (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum protection mode (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- receiving redo data
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- sending redo data
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SYNC mode
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- synchronous and asynchronous disk I/O
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tuning
(Data Guard Broker)
- turning off
(Data Guard Broker)
- turning on
(Data Guard Broker)
- verifying
(Data Guard Broker)
- wait events
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
redo_log_file_spec
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
redo_thread_clauses
- see instance_clauses
-
REDO_TRANSPORT_USER
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
REDO_TRANSPORT_USER initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
RedoCompression property
(Data Guard Broker)
-
reducing
- contention with dispatchers
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- data dictionary cache misses
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- paging and swapping
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- unnecessary parse calls
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
reducing disk I/O
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
redundancy
- normal
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- voting disk
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
redundancy level
- and space requirements for preconfigured database
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- for Automatic Storage Management
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
REDUNDANCY parameter
- CONFIGURE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- REPORT command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
REDUNDANCY parameter, obsOperandList subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
redundancy_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
REDUNDANCY_LOWERED column
- in V$ASM_FILE
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
redundant array of independent disks
- See RAID
-
Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks (RAID), Glossary
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
redundant backups
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
REEDIT command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
reenqueue
- captured LCRs
(Streams Extended Examples)
-
reentrancy, setting up
(Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
-
REF
(Java Developer's Guide)
- external data type
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- external datatype
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- retrieving a reference to an object
- structure for
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
REF (reference to object)
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
REF attributes
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
REF class
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
Ref class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
REF columns
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- direct path loading of
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- loading
(Utilities)
- primary key
(Utilities)
- rescoping
(SQL Language Reference)
- specifying
(SQL Language Reference)
- specifying from table or column
(SQL Language Reference)
- system-generated
(Utilities)
-
REF constraint
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
REF constraints
(Concepts)
- defining scope, for materialized views
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REF CURSOR
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- about REF CURSOR types
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- accessing data
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- CallableStatement
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- declaring
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- example
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- Oracle REF CURSOR Type
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- See cursor variable
- SQLJ support
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- using ttIsql
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
REF CURSOR mapping
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
REF CURSOR type
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
REF CURSOR variable
- See cursor variable
-
REF CURSOR variables
- binding and defining
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
REF CURSORs
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- accessibility
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- assigning
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- definition
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- introduction
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- materialized as result set objects
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL data type
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PL/SQL stored procedures
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
ref cursors
- OCI_B_CURSOR
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
REF data
- importing
(Utilities)
-
REF function
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- manipulating objects in PL/SQL
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
REF object attribute
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
REF operator
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
REF payloads
- restrictions
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
RefAny class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
REFCURSOR bind variables
- in a stored function
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
REFCURSOR clause
- VARIABLE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
reference
- for Listener Control utility commands
(Net Services Reference)
- for listener.ora
(Net Services Reference)
- for Oracle Connection Manager Control utility commands
(Net Services Reference)
- for sqlnet.ora
(Net Services Reference)
- for tnsnames.ora
(Net Services Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- host array
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- host variable
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- indicator variable
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
REFERENCE clause
- in TYPE statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
reference collection
(2 Day DBA)
-
reference cursor
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
reference information
- ORDAudio
(Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- ORDDoc
(Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- ORDImage
(Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- ORDSource
(Multimedia Reference)
- ORDVideo
(Multimedia Reference)
- StillImage
(Multimedia Reference)
-
reference partitioning
(SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating tables using
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
reference path
- definition
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
reference semantics
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- BFILEs enables multiple BFILE columns for each record
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
reference semantics (ANSI dynamic SQL)
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
reference tables
- See dimension tables
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
reference type
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
reference types
- inheritance
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- representing in Java
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- strongly-typed
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
reference_model
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
reference_partition_desc
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
reference_partitioning
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
reference. See REFs
-
referenceable objects
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
Referenced Components
- Next button
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page field
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Previous button
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- View list
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
referenced object
- See schema object dependency
-
references
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- adding
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
REFERENCES clause
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REFERENCES object privilege
- definition
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- on a table
(SQL Language Reference)
- on a view
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REFERENCES privilege
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- CASCADE CONSTRAINTS option
(Security Guide)
- revoking
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- SQL statements permitted
(Security Guide)
-
references See REFs
-
references to objects (REFs)
- declaring
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in embedded SQL
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
references_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
reference-partitioned tables
(SQL Language Reference)
- maintenance operations
(SQL Language Reference)
-
referencing
- host tables
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- host variables
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- indicator variables
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of host arrays
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- of host variables
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of indicator variables
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- VARCHAR variables
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
referencing indexes
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
referential analysis
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
referential constraints
- creating using SDO_NET_MEM.NETWORK_MANAGER.CREATE_REF_CONSTRAINTS
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- disabling using SDO_NET_MEM.NETWORK_MANAGER.DISABLE_REF_CONSTRAINTS
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- enabling using SDO_NET_MEM.NETWORK_MANAGER.ENABLE_REF_CONSTRAINTS
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
referential integrity
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- distributed database application development
(Administrator's Guide)
- examples of
(Concepts)
- self-referential constraints
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
referential integrity and serializable transaction
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
referential integrity constraints
(SQL Language Reference)
- disabling for import
(Utilities)
- finding affected tables
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- lock management with DML operations
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
referential integrity key
- See FOREIGN KEY constraint
-
referential integrity support
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- multilevel constraints
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
referential integrity, ensuring in mappings
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
refetching rows into a result set
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
Reflection X, troubleshooting
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
ReflectPermission
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
refresh
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- automatic
(Advanced Replication)
- complete
(Advanced Replication)
- failures
(Advanced Replication)
- fast
(Advanced Replication)
- determining possibility of (Advanced Replication)
- force
(Advanced Replication)
- group
(Advanced Replication)
- incremental
(Concepts)
- initiating
(Advanced Replication)
- interval
(Advanced Replication)
- job queue processes
(Concepts)
- manual
(Advanced Replication)
- manual (cache group)
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- materialized view sites
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Concepts)
- [subentry #6] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #7] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #8] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- monitoring
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- on-demand
(Advanced Replication)
- options
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- Partition Change Tracking (PCT)
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- retries
(Advanced Replication)
- rollback segments
- troubleshooting (Advanced Replication)
- scheduling
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- troubleshooting (Advanced Replication)
- troubleshooting
- ORA-12004 error (Advanced Replication)
- ORA-942 error (Advanced Replication)
- truncating materialized views
- troubleshooting (Advanced Replication)
- with UNION ALL
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
refresh a cache group
- definition
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
REFRESH ANY CACHE GROUP privilege
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
REFRESH ANY CACHE GROUP system privilege
- definition
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
REFRESH CACHE GROUP
- failure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
-
REFRESH CACHE GROUP statement
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- definition
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- example
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- PARALLEL clause
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- WITH ID clause
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
REFRESH clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REFRESH COMPLETE clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
-
refresh error
- snapshots
- Import (Utilities)
-
REFRESH FAST clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REFRESH FORCE clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
-
refresh groups
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication)
- adding materialized views to
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- adding members to
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- adding objects to
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- configuring
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- creating
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- data dictionary views
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- deleting
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deployment templates
(Advanced Replication)
- monitoring
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- refresh
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- refresh interval
- changing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- refreshing
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- manually (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- relationship with materialized view groups
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- removing members from
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- size considerations
(Advanced Replication)
- troubleshooting
(Advanced Replication)
-
Refresh icon
- DDL statements and
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- DML statements and
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- rolling back transactions and
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
refresh logs
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statement
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
refresh methods
(OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
REFRESH object privilege
- definition
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
REFRESH ON COMMIT clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REFRESH ON DEMAND clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REFRESH privilege
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
REFRESH procedure
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
refresh repository
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
REFRESH_ALL_MVIEWS procedure
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REFRESH_CATEGORY function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REFRESH_DEPENDENT procedure
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REFRESH_MVIEW procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REFRESH_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
refreshConnectionPool
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
refresher
- creating
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
refreshing
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data warehouse
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- materialized views
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- methods of
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- monitoring
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- nested materialized views
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- objects
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- partitioning
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- tables
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- troubleshooting
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- workspaces
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
refreshing a cache group
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
refreshing a connection pool
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
refreshRow() method (result set)
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
RefreshTable procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RefreshWorkspace procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
REFs
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- as containers for object identifiers
(SQL Language Reference)
- binding
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- comparing
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- constraints on
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- constructing from object identifiers
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- CURSORvariables, binding
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- dangling
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- declaring
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- defining
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- dereferencing
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- dereferencing of
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- implicit dereferencing of
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- indexes on
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- indexing
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- indicator variables for
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- object identifiers
- obtaining
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- pinning
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- replication
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- retrieving from server
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- scoped
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- size of
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- storage
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- substitutability
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- substitutability in
- updating
(SQL Language Reference)
- use of table aliases
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- using
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in embedded SQL
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- validating
(SQL Language Reference)
- WITH ROWID option
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
REFTOHEX function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGEXP SQL functions
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
REGEXP_COUNT function
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGEXP_INSTR function
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGEXP_LIKE condition
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGEXP_LIKE function
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
REGEXP_REPLACE function
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGEXP_SUBSTR function
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
region
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- about types
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- based on a URL
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- controlling positioning
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- copying
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- customizing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- displaying conditionally
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- enabling customization
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- specifying header and footer
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- using Reorder Regions icon
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
region attributes
- Cache
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Column
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Condition Type
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Customization
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Display Point
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Expression
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Region Footer
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Region Header
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Region HTML table cell attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Sequence
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Static ID
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Region Definition
- editing
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
-
region template
- Comments
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Definition
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Form Table Attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Name
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Subscription
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Substitution Strings
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
region type
- Calendar
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Chart
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- form
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Help Text
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- HTML
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- List
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- PL/SQL Dynamic Content
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Report
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Tree
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- URL
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
regions
- purging cached
(Application Express Administration Guide)
-
REGISTER clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REGISTER command
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
REGISTER CONNECT SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
REGISTER DATABASE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
REGISTER DATABASE parameter
- GRANT command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- REVOKE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
register JDBC drivers
- for runtime
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- for translation
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
REGISTER LOGFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGISTER LOGICAL LOGFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
REGISTER privilege
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
REGISTER Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REGISTER_CONSTRAINT procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
REGISTER_DEPENDENT_OBJECT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REGISTER_FOREIGN_QUEUE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
register_logfile_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
REGISTER_MVIEW procedure
(Advanced Replication)
-
REGISTER_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REGISTER_NT_AS_IOT option for XML schema registration
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
REGISTER_PROPAGATOR procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REGISTER_STATISTICS procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REGISTER_USER_REPGROUP procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
registerCallback method
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
registerConnectionAffinityCallback
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
registerConnectionFactory
- and AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- and GLOBAL_AQ_USER_ROLE
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using JDBC connection parameters through LDAP
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using JDBC connection parameters through the database
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using JDBC URL through LDAP
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
registerConnectionLabelingCallback
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
registered functions
- creating
(Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
- editing
(Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
-
registered XML schemas, list of
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
RegisterFeatureTable procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
registerGeoRasterColumns procedure
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
registerGeoRasterObjects procedure
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
registerIndexTableOutParameter() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- arguments
- int elemMaxLen (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- int elemSqlType (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- int maxLen (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- int paramIndex (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- code example
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
registering
- archived redo log files
- during failover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for notification
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- through the database, JDBC URL
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- user callbacks
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
registering a GeoRaster object
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
registering an external procedure
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
registering an XML schema
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- debugging
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- default tables, creating
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQL object types, creating
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
registering an XML schema for JCR
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
registering column types/sizes
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
registering parameter sizes
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
registering resources
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
RegisterMTableView procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
registerOutParameter() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
registerParameter PL/SQL procedure
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
REGISTERPARAMETER Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
registerSchema PL/SQL procedure
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
REGISTERSCHEMA procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REGISTERSTORE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REGISTERSTORECOMMAND Procedur
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REGISTERTOKENTABLESET Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
registerTypePluginMap method
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
REGISTERURI procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REGISTERURLHANDLER procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
registration
- client request for
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dynamic
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for Continuous Query Notification
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- IDAP client request
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- IDAP server response to request
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in publish-subscribe model
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- static
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
REGISTRATION_KEY parameter in ORAPARAM.INI
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
REGISTRATION_URL parameter in ORAPARAM.INI
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
registry
- editor
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REGEDT32
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
registry and .odbc.ini file
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
registry entry
- SQLPATH
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
registry resource
- Oracle ACFS
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
REGR_AVGX function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGR_AVGY function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGR_COUNT function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGR_INTERCEPT function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGR_R2 function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGR_SLOPE function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGR_SXX function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGR_SXY function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGR_SYY function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REGRESS command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
REGRESS.REPORT program
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
regressed SQL
- tuning
(Real Application Testing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Testing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Testing User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Testing User's Guide)
-
regression
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #10] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #11] (Data Mining Concepts)
- defined
(Data Mining Concepts)
- sample build data
(Data Mining Concepts)
- sample problem
(Data Mining Concepts)
- scoring
(Data Mining Concepts)
- testing
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- training
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
regression coefficients
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
regression parameters
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
regressions
- linear
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RegressionTestMetrics
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
regular expression
- built-in function in
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- condition in
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in SQL statement
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- metacharacter in
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Oracle implementation of
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- POSIX standard support in
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- what it is
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
regular expression in query
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
regular expressions
- character class
(Globalization Support Guide)
- character range
(Globalization Support Guide)
- collation element delimiter
(Globalization Support Guide)
- equivalence class
(Globalization Support Guide)
- examples
(Globalization Support Guide)
- multilingual environment
(Globalization Support Guide)
- multilingual syntax
(SQL Language Reference)
- operators, multilingual enhancements
(SQL Language Reference)
- Oracle support of
(SQL Language Reference)
- Perl-influenced operators
(SQL Language Reference)
- subexpressions
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
regular input
- definition
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
regularization
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
reinstallation
- Oracle Application Server
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
reinstallation of package specifications
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
reinstalling Oracle Database Vault
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
reinstalling Oracle software
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
-
reinstatement
(Data Guard Broker)
- failure logged in broker drc* log files
(Data Guard Broker)
- Flashback Database requirement
(Data Guard Broker)
- flashback logs requirement
(Data Guard Broker)
- how to
(Data Guard Broker)
- logged in broker log files
(Data Guard Broker)
- ORA-16661 message
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- requires standby redo log files
(Data Guard Broker)
- using DGMGRL
(Data Guard Broker)
- using Enterprise Manager
(Data Guard Broker)
-
reject files
- specifying for SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
rejected records
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
-
RELATE function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- See also SDO_RELATE operator
-
related dimensions
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- limiting to
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
related documentation, Preface
(Application Express Installation Guide)
-
related documents, Preface
(Application Express Application Migration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
-
related term operator
(Text Reference)
-
related term query feedback
(Text Reference)
-
relating master and detail records
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
RELATION command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RELATION statement
- for aggregation
(OLAP DML Reference)
- for allocation
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
relational
- schema
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
relational and dimensional data objects
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
relational database management system. See RDBMS
-
relational feature types (WFS)
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
relational functions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- server round trips
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
relational implementation
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- about
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- dimensional objects
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
relational interface reference information
(Multimedia Reference)
-
relational objects
- corresponding to MDM objects
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
relational operator
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
relational operators
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- COBOL versus SQL
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
relational programming
- using OCCI
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
relational ROLAP
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
relational schemas
- represented by MdmDatabaseSchema objects
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- sample
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
relational tables
- creating
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
relational tables See tables
-
relational_properties
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
relational_table
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
relations
- assigning values to
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- comparing to text literals
(OLAP DML Reference)
- default
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- limiting to single value
(OLAP DML Reference)
- QDR with
(OLAP DML Reference)
- replacing dimension of
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
relations, in aggmaps
- identifying changes
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
relationship
- objects in a broker configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
-
relationship information table
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
relative distinguished name (RDN)
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
relative field positioning
- where a field starts and SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- with multiple SQL*Loader INTO TABLE clauses
(Utilities)
-
relative naming
- directory naming
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Java Database Connectivity (JDBC)
- OCI drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Thin drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
relative positioning in result sets
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
relaxed security model, defined
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
relaxing queries
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
releasability
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
RELEASE CHANNEL command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- release clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- releaseForMaint clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RELEASE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
release clause, syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RELEASE command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RELEASE constant
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
RELEASE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
release number (Spatial)
- retrieving
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
release number format
(Administrator's Guide)
-
RELEASE option
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMMIT statement
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- if omitted
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in COMMIT statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in ROLLBACK statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- omitting
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- purpose of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- restriction on
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ROLLBACK statement
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
release() method (connection contexts)
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
RELEASE_CURSOR
- precompiler option
- what it affects (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
RELEASE_CURSOR clause
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
RELEASE_CURSOR option
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of ORACLE Precompilers
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of Oracle Precompilers
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using to improve performance
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- what it affects
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
RELEASE_CURSOR precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
releaseForMaint clause
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
releases
(Administrator's Guide)
- checking the Oracle Database release number
(Administrator's Guide)
- definition
(Upgrade Guide)
- multiple
(Upgrade Guide)
- upgrade paths
(Upgrade Guide)
-
release-specific information
- restrictions
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
relevance ranking
- word queries
(Text Reference)
-
reliability
- notifications
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
relinking executables
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
relinking grid infrastructure home binaries
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
relinking with Oracle Net Services
(Upgrade Guide)
-
RELOAD command
(Net Services Reference)
- of Listener Control utility
(Net Services Reference)
-
RELOCATE_MASTERDEF procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
RelocateWriterSite procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
relocating control files
(Administrator's Guide)
-
RELY clause
- of constraints
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RELY constraint
- creating
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
RELY constraints
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
REM command
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
REM function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
remainder after division
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
REMAINDER function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REMAINING_ROWS output group
- in the Splitter operator
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
remap command
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
REMAP_CONNECTION Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMAP_DATA parameter
- Data Pump Export utility
(Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility
(Utilities)
-
REMAP_DATAFILE parameter
- Data Pump Import utility
(Utilities)
-
REMAP_SCHEMA parameter
- Data Pump Import utility
(Utilities)
-
REMAP_STGTAB_SQLPROF Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMAP_STGTAB_SQLSET Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMAP_TABLE parameter
- Data Pump Import utility
(Utilities)
-
REMAP_TABLESPACE parameter
- Data Pump Import utility
(Utilities)
-
REMARK command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
REMARKS column
- PLAN_TABLE table
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
remarksReporting flag
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
REMBYTES function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
REMCHARS function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
REMCOLS function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
REMLINES function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
remote
- connections
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- data
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- data access
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- database
- copying data (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- creating database links (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DB2 UDB for iSeries (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for Linux, Unix, and Windows (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- defining a path (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- errors detected by the Oracle database (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- privileges of user/ ID (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA database, HS_FDS_ISOLATION_LEVEL
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- instance, and Oracle stored procedures
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Oracle instance
- using DRDA server stored procedures with the gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- using Oracle stored procedures with the gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- procedure
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- table
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- transaction program
- hardware memory requirements (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- user ID and password
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
remote authentication
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- [entry #4] (Security Guide)
-
remote built-in functions
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
remote clients
- authenticating
(Reference)
-
remote connections
- connecting as SYSOPER/SYSDBA
(Administrator's Guide)
- password files
(Administrator's Guide)
-
remote consumers
- propagation
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
remote data
- querying
(Administrator's Guide)
- updating
(Administrator's Guide)
-
remote data store
- accessing on UNIX
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- accessing on Windows
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
remote database
- declaration of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
remote database jobs
(Administrator's Guide)
- Scheduler agent setup
(Administrator's Guide)
-
remote database, declaration of
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
remote databases
- using with object types
-
remote debugging
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
remote dependency management
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
remote external jobs
- about
(Administrator's Guide)
- executing
(Administrator's Guide)
- Scheduler agent setup
(Administrator's Guide)
-
remote file server process (RFS)
- log writer process and
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
remote files
- transferring
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
remote function call
(Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
-
remote function call (RFC)
- RFC connection
(Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
- SAP RFC connection
(Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
-
remote functions
- referenced in SQL statements
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
-
remote host transactions (RHT)
- APPC conversation sharing
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- attributes needed
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- client application
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- defined using the PGAU DEFINE TRANSACTION statement
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- evaluating
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- multi-conversational, client applications
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- one-shot, client applications
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- persistent, client applications
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- requirements
- understanding (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- steps involved in
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- types
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
remote installation
- OWB home
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- setting OWB home
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
remote listener
- configuring
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
remote logins
(Reference)
-
Remote Method Invocation (RMI)
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Utilities)
-
remote name
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
Remote Node definition
- creating
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
remote operation
- Export/Import
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
-
remote PL/SQL functions
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
remote procedural call
- See RPC
-
remote procedural call (RPC)
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- calling the gateway
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- executing gateway functions
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAINIT and PGAINIT_SEC
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAINIT and PGAINIT_SEC, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGATCTL
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGATERM
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGATERM, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGATRAC
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGATRAC, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAXFER
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAXFER, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
remote procedure
- definition
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
Remote Procedure Call (RPC)
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
remote procedure call (RPC)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
remote procedure call dependency management
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
remote procedure calls
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed databases and
(Administrator's Guide)
-
remote queries
- distributed databases and
(Administrator's Guide)
-
remote sensing
- description
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
remote subscribers
- restrictions
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
remote transaction initiation
- on gateway using SNA
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TC/IP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
remote transaction program
- See RTP
-
remote transaction termination
- on gateway using SNA
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
remote transactions
(Administrator's Guide)
- defined
(Administrator's Guide)
- PDML restrictions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
remote users
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
REMOTE_DEPENDENCIES_MODE initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
remote_listener
- no longer set in tnsnames.ora by DBCA
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
REMOTE_LISTENER initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
REMOTE_NODES parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT initialization parameter
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- connected user database links
(Administrator's Guide)
- guideline for securing
(Security Guide)
- setting
(Security Guide)
-
remote_os_authentication
(Security Guide)
-
REMOTE_OS_ROLES initialization parameter
(Reference)
- OS role management risk on network
(Security Guide)
- setting
(Security Guide)
-
remote_owb_install.sql
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
RemoteSubscriber
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
RemoteSubscriberHosts
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
remote-mapped statements
- and data type checking support
(Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
-
removable savepoints
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
remove
- data store
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
-
REMOVE CONFIGURATION command
(Data Guard Broker)
- example
(Data Guard Broker)
-
REMOVE DATABASE command
(Data Guard Broker)
-
REMOVE INSTANCE command
(Data Guard Broker)
-
REMOVE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE procedure
- of DBMS_ALERT package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- of DBMS_JOB package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- of OWA_COOKIE package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_AGENT Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_ANY_WORKSPACE privilege
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVE_CATEGORY procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_COLORED_SQL Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_COST_MATRIX
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVE_COST_MATRIX procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_DUPLICATE_VERTICES function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVE_DUPLICATES procedure
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVE_EDGE procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVE_EVENT procedure
(Text Reference)
-
REMOVE_FILE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_HOMES parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
REMOVE_JOB Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_MASTER_DATABASE procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REMOVE_MASTER_DATABASES procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REMOVE_MDATA procedure
(Text Reference)
-
REMOVE_MSGSYSTEM_LINK Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_NODE procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVE_OBSOLETE_NODES procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVE_OLS_POLICY procedure
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVE_OPTION Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_PAIR member procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
REMOVE_PIPE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_PROXY procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_QUEUE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
REMOVE_RULE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
REMOVE_SCHEMA_EXCEPTIONS
(Application Express Administration Guide)
-
REMOVE_SCHEMA_POLICY procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
REMOVE_SCHEME procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_SECTION procedure
(Text Reference)
-
REMOVE_SQE procedure
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
REMOVE_SQLSET_REFERENCE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_STMT_FROM_HANDLER procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_STMT_HANDLER procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_STOPCLASS procedure
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
REMOVE_STOPTHEME procedure
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
REMOVE_STOPWORD procedure
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
REMOVE_STREAMS_CONFIGURATION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_SUB_LEXER procedure
(Text Reference)
-
REMOVE_SUBSCRIBER Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REMOVE_TABLE_POLICY procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
REMOVE_TRACE procedure
(Text Reference)
-
REMOVE_VPD_POLICY procedure
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVE_WORKSPACE privilege
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVEALL procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RemoveAsParentWorkspace procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVEATTRIBUTE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
removeAttribute()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
REMOVEATTRIBUTENODE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
removeAttributeNode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
removeAttributeNS()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
removeChild()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
removeConnectionAffinityCallback
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
removeConnectionLabel
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
removeConnectionLabelingCallback
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVENAMEDITEM function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
removeNamedItem()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
removeNamedItemNS()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
REMOVEPARAM procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RemoveUserDefinedHint procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RemoveWorkspace procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RemoveWorkspaceTree procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
REMOVEXSLTPARAM procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
removing
- a standby database
(Data Guard Broker)
- Central Inventory
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- on UNIX platforms (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- on Windows platforms (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- Change Data Capture from source database
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- columns
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- Oracle homes
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- rows
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- See each REMOVE command
- SQL*Plus command line Help
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
removing a trace
(Text Reference)
-
removing connection labels
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
removing connections from the pool
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
removing data
- from dimensions
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- from dimensions, example
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- from slowly changing dimensions
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
removing data store
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
removing metadata
(Text Reference)
-
Removing Oracle software
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
removing sample tables, Preface
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
removing semantic technologies support
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
removing temporary files
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
removing workspaces
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RENAME clause
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER OUTLINE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLESPACE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TRIGGER
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RENAME command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- disabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
RENAME CONSTRAINT clause
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RENAME DATAFILE clause
- of ALTER TABLESPACE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RENAME FILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RENAME GLOBAL_NAME clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
Rename Mode
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
rename MY_PROJECT
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
RENAME PARTITION clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RENAME statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RENAME SUBPARTITION clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
Rename tool
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
RENAME_BASELINE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RENAME_COLUMN member procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RENAME_COLUMN procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
rename_column_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
RENAME_ENTAILMENT procedure
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
rename_index_partition
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
RENAME_MODEL procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
rename_partition_subpart
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
RENAME_SCHEMA procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
RENAME_SHADOW_COLUMN_GROUP procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
RENAME_TABLE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
renamedg tool
- renaming disk groups
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
RENAMEPATH Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RENAMEPATH Procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
renameRDT procedure
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
RENAMERESOURCE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RENAMES
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
RenameSavepoint procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RenameWorkspace procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
renaming
- datafiles
- on the primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting the STANDBY_FILE_MANAGEMENT parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- materialized views
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- savepoint
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- sequences
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- tables
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- views
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- workspace
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
renaming an XMLIndex index
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
renaming control files
(Administrator's Guide)
-
renaming disk groups
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
renaming files
- Oracle-managed files
(Administrator's Guide)
-
renaming index
(Text Reference)
-
renaming indexes
(Administrator's Guide)
-
Render event, repository
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
renderer, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
Rendezvous
- requirement on Linux
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
REOPEN attribute
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
-
ReopenSecs property
(Data Guard Broker)
-
Reorder icon
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
reordering table columns
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
reorganizing tables
(2 Day DBA)
-
REPADMIN account
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
repair clause
- parameter description
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
REPAIR FAILURE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- repair clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
repair options
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
repair options, Data Recovery Advisor
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
repair status
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
repair strategies
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
repair table
- example of building
(Administrator's Guide)
-
REPAIR_TABLE table. See DBA_REPAIR_TABLE view
-
repairing data block corruption
- DBMS_REPAIR
(Administrator's Guide)
-
repairs
- customized
(2 Day DBA)
- Oracle suggested
(2 Day DBA)
-
repairs, Data Recovery Advisor
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- consolidation of
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- manual and automatic
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RepBackupDir
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
RepBackupPeriod
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
REPCAT_IMPORT_CHECK procedure
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
RepDDL
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
RepDDL attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
repeat interval, schedule
(Administrator's Guide)
-
REPEAT UNTIL structure
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
repeatable read
- read-only transaction for
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- what it is
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
REPEATABLE READ transactions
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
repeatable reads
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- locking tables explicitly for
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
repeated field sections
- querying
(Text Reference)
-
repeating schedules
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
REPELEMENTS replication table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
REPFOOTER clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
REPFOOTER command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- aligning footer elements
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BOLD clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CENTER clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COL clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FORMAT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- indenting report footers
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LEFT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OFF clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RIGHT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SKIP clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing current definition
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TAB clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
RepfullbackupCycle
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
REPHEADER clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
REPHEADER command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- aligning header elements
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- aligning heading elements
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BOLD clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CENTER clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COL clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FORMAT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- indenting headings
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LEFT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OFF clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PAGE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RIGHT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SKIP clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing current definition
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TAB clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
REPLACE clause
- in COPY command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SAVE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
REPLACE command, supported by COPY
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
REPLACE function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REPLACE SCRIPT command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- replaceScript clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
REPLACE table
- replacing a table using SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
replace XQuery function (Oracle)
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
REPLACE_INDEX_METADATA procedure
(Text Reference)
-
REPLACECHILD function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
replaceChild()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
REPLACEDATA procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
replaceData()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
replacement characters
- CONVERT SQL function
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
replaceScript clause
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
replacing
(Text Reference)
-
replacing metadata
(Text Reference)
-
replacing preferences
(Text Reference)
-
replay filter set
- about
(Real Application Testing User's Guide)
-
REPLBYTES function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
REPLCHARS function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
REPLCOLS function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
REPLICATE
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
replicated bookmarks, JMS/XLA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
replicated column
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
replicated environments
- disk group compatibility considerations
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
replicated tables, requirements for
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
replicating a data store
- utility function
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- XLA, using for replication
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
replicating over a network
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
replication
- [entry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- across releases
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- active standby pair
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- ADD ELEMENT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- ADD SUBSCRIBER
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- adding databases
(Streams Extended Examples)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- adding objects
(Streams Extended Examples)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- adding to
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- administration
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- administrative request queue
(Advanced Replication)
- administrative requests
(Advanced Replication)
- states (Advanced Replication)
- agent
- unable to stop or start (TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- aging
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- ALTER ELEMENT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- ALTER SUBSCRIBER
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- and TimesTen daemon
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- and ttAdmin
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- applications that use
(Advanced Replication)
- as part of architecture
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- assignment tables
(Advanced Replication)
- asynchronous propagation
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- availability
(Advanced Replication)
- bidirectional
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- bit-levels
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- bi-directional
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- catalog views
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- character sets
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- CHECK CONFLICTS
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- checking imported data
(Advanced Replication)
- column groups
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column subsetting
(Advanced Replication)
- compared to Oracle Real Application Clusters
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- configuration errors
- recovering (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- configuration issues
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- configuring
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- apply handlers (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- ARCHIVELOG mode (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- bi-directional (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- bi-directional (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- database (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- database links (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_STREAMS_ADM package (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DDL changes (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DDL changes (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- directory objects (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- downstream capture (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- downstream capture (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- downstream capture (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- Enterprise Manager (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- hub-and-spoke (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- hub-and-spoke (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- hub-and-spoke (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- initialization parameters (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- instantiation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- local capture (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- local capture (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- log file transfer (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- multiple-source environment (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- n-way (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- n-way (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- one-way (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Streams pool (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- preparation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- schemas (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- schemas (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- schemas (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- schemas (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- scripts (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- single-source environment (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- standby redo logs (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- supplemental logging (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- tables (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- tablespace (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- tablespaces (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- configuring timestamp comparison
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- conflict reporting
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- conflict resolution
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #6] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #7] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- uniqueness (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- conflicts
- detecting (Advanced Replication)
- procedural replication (Advanced Replication)
- connection qualifiers
(Advanced Replication)
- continuous
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- controlling
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- creating an environment
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- data dictionary views
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- data requirements
(Advanced Replication)
- database links
(Advanced Replication)
- Advanced Replication interface (Advanced Replication)
- CONNECT TO clause (Advanced Replication)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- USING clause (Advanced Replication)
- DATASTORE ELEMENT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- datetime data types
- abbreviations (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DDL statements
(Advanced Replication)
- deferred transaction queues
(Advanced Replication)
- diagnosing problems with (Advanced Replication)
- managing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deferred transactions
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- data dictionary views (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- defined
(Advanced Replication)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- DELAY_SECONDS parameter
(Advanced Replication)
- dependencies
- minimizing (Advanced Replication)
- dependency tracking
(Advanced Replication)
- deployment templates
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined types (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined types (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- described
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- determining differences between tables
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- disabling
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- distributed schema management
(Advanced Replication)
- distributed workload
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- DROP ELEMENT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- dropping support for
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- dynamic performance views
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- ELEMENT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- element
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- enabling
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- error queues
(Advanced Replication)
- managing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- failover
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- FAILTHRESHOLD
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [subentry #5] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- filter columns
(Advanced Replication)
- flowchart for creating environment
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- foreign keys
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- gauging performance
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- generating support for
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- groups
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- heterogeneous single source example
(Streams Extended Examples)
- hot standby
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- hub-and-spoke
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- hybrid configurations
(Advanced Replication)
- Import check
(Advanced Replication)
- indextypes
(Advanced Replication)
- initialization parameters
(Advanced Replication)
- internal procedures
(Advanced Replication)
- internal triggers
(Advanced Replication)
- interoperability
(Advanced Replication)
- interval data types
- abbreviations (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- introduction
(Advanced Replication)
- JMS/XLA replication API
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- job queues
(Advanced Replication)
- job slaves
(Advanced Replication)
- jobs
(Advanced Replication)
- log buffer
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- LONG column
- converting to LOB (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- managing
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- managing an environment
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- mass deployment
(Advanced Replication)
- MASTER
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- master
(Advanced Replication)
- master definition site
(Advanced Replication)
- master groups
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- master materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- master sites
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- adding (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- advantages (Advanced Replication)
- materialized view groups
(Advanced Replication)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- materialized view logs
(Advanced Replication)
- managing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- materialized view sites
- advantages (Advanced Replication)
- materialized views
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication)
- managing (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- monitoring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- monitoring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- preparing for (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- read/write data (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- read-only data (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- troubleshooting (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- when to use (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- materialized views (snapshots)
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- migrating to Streams
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- minimum communication
(Advanced Replication)
- modes
(Advanced Replication)
- monitoring
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- deferred transactions (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- error transactions (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- master environments (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- materialized view environments (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- performance (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- multimaster
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- multiple subscribers
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- multiple-source example
(Streams Extended Examples)
- multitier materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- NO RETURN
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- n-way
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- n-way example
(Streams Extended Examples)
- object
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- objects
(Advanced Replication)
- adding to master group (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping from master sites (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- of materialized views
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- offline upgrade
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- one-way
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- online upgrade
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- Oracle Streams
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- administering (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- apply processes (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- apply processes (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- best practices (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- bottleneck components (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- capture processes (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- capture processes (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- change capture (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- configuring (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- configuring (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- configuring (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- configuring (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- configuring (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- configuring (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- configuring (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- configuring (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- conflict resolution (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- conflict resolution (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- conflict resolution (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- extending (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- hub-and-spoke (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- hub-and-spoke (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- hub-and-spoke (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- hub-and-spoke (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- managing (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- managing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- n-way (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- preparing for (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- propagations (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- rules (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- rule-based transformations (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- Streams clients (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- supplemental logging (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- tags (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- topology (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- troubleshooting (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- two-database (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- two-database (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- two-database (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- two-database (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- when to use (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- parallel propagation
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- performance
(Advanced Replication)
- conflict reporting (TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- planning for
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- platforms
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- poor performance
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- PORT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- port number
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- privileges
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- problems
- troubleshooting (Advanced Replication)
- procedural replication
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- restrictions (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- user-defined types (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- procedures
- troubleshooting (Advanced Replication)
- propagation
(Advanced Replication)
- propagation to subscribers
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- PROPAGATOR
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- propagator
(Advanced Replication)
- registering (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- registering (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- quiesce
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- real-time replication. See synchronous replication
- receiver
(Advanced Replication)
- registering (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- refresh
(Advanced Replication)
- refresh groups
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- relocating writer site
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- replicated objects
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- replication administrator
(Advanced Replication)
- replication management API
(Advanced Replication)
- replication queues
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- restart policy
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- restrictions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- parallel DML (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- resuming
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- RETURN RECEIPT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- return receipt
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- row subsetting
(Advanced Replication)
- row-level dependency tracking
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- scheduled links
(Advanced Replication)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- security
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- See Also materialized views
- sequences
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting up sites
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- simple single source example
(Streams Extended Examples)
- single master
(Advanced Replication)
- sites
(Advanced Replication)
- choosing (Advanced Replication)
- setup (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- split and merge
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- split workload
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- starting
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- state of
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- statistics
- clearing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- stopping
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- SUBSCRIBER
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- survivability
(Advanced Replication)
- suspending
(Advanced Replication)
- synchronizing local site
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- synchronous
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- tables
(Advanced Replication)
- and DML incompatibility (Advanced Replication)
- dependency tracking (Advanced Replication)
- DML incompatibility (Advanced Replication)
- temporary data partition
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- TIMEOUT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- TIMESTAMP
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- timestamp column maintenance
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- transaction propagation protection
(Advanced Replication)
- transactions
- dependency ordering (Advanced Replication)
- TRANSMIT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- triggers
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- troubleshooting (Advanced Replication)
- troubleshooting
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- [subentry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- [subentry #5] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- TTREP system tables
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- ttRepSubscriberStateSet procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepSubscriberWait procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepSyncGet
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepSyncSet
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- Unicode
(Advanced Replication)
- unidirectional
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- unsupported data types
- BFILE (Advanced Replication)
- LONG (Advanced Replication)
- unsupported table types
(Advanced Replication)
- user-defined data types
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- uses of
(Advanced Replication)
- using JMS/XLA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- using with Workspace Manager
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- virtual private database (VPD)
(Advanced Replication)
- with Oracle Label Security
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- WM_REPLICATION_INFO view
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- writer and nonwriter sites
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
Replication Agent
- ttReplicationStatus procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepPolicyGet procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepPolicySet procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepQueryThresholdGet procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepQueryThresholdSet procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepStart procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepStateSet procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepStop procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepSubscriberStatus procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepXactStatus procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- ttRepXactTokenGet procedure
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
replication agent
- defined
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- start
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- starting
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- status
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- stop
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- stopping
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
replication agent start policy
- definition
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- set
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
replication catalog
(Advanced Replication)
- DBA_MVIEW_REFRESH_TIMES
(Advanced Replication)
- DBA_REGISTERED_MVIEWS
(Advanced Replication)
- DBA_REPCATLOG
(Advanced Replication)
- incorrect views
(Advanced Replication)
- USER_REFRESH
(Advanced Replication)
- USER_REFRESH_CHILDREN
(Advanced Replication)
-
replication catalog views
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- comments
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- monitoring replication
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
replication conflicts, types of
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
replication daemon, see "replication agent"
-
replication element
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
replication groups
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
replication management API
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- conflict resolution
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deployment templates
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- instantiating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- packaging (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- examples
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- managing a replication environment
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- managing replicated objects
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- managing replication queues
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- master groups
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- materialized view groups
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- overview
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- packages
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- setting up replication sites
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
replication objects
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- altering
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- at materialized view sites
- problems creating (Advanced Replication)
- functions
(Advanced Replication)
- indexes
(Advanced Replication)
- function-based (Advanced Replication)
- on foreign keys (Advanced Replication)
- packages
(Advanced Replication)
- procedures
(Advanced Replication)
- re-creating
(Advanced Replication)
- sequences
(Advanced Replication)
- tables
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- altering (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dependency tracking (Advanced Replication)
- DML incompatibility (Advanced Replication)
- foreign keys (Advanced Replication)
- primary keys (Advanced Replication)
- unable to generate support for (Advanced Replication)
- triggers
(Advanced Replication)
-
replication performance
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
replication scheme
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- applying to DSNs
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- configuring
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- defining
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- dropping
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- examples of
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- for cache groups
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- multiple
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- naming
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
replication schemes
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- types
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
replication, Oracle Streams
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- bi-directional
(Concepts)
- hub-and-spoke
(Concepts)
- master database
(Concepts)
- n-way
(Concepts)
- one-way
(Concepts)
-
REPLICATION_DEPENDENCY_TRACKING initialization parameter
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
REPLICATION_IS_ON function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REPLICATION_OFF procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REPLICATION_ON procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REPLICATIONS replication table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
REPLLINES function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
REPLY, REPLIES record types
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REPNETWORK replication table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
report
- describing index
(Text Reference)
- describing policy
(Text Reference)
- index objects
(Text Reference)
- index size
(Text Reference)
- index statistics
(Text Reference)
- of logged queries
(Text Reference)
- token information
(Text Reference)
-
report clause
- parameter descriptions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
report column templates
- colorizing cell headings
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- omitting headings
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
report column templates (generic)
- After Rows
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Before Each Row
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Before Rows
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Column Headings
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Column Templates
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- displaying HTML after all columns
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- displaying HTML after last row
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Next Page Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Next Set Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Pagination Subtemplate
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Previous Page Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Previous Set Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Report Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Row Highlighting
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Template Subscription
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
report column templates (named)
- Before Rows attribute
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- colorizing column header cell
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Column Headings
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Pagination Subtemplate
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Report Template Identification
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Row Templates
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Subscription
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
REPORT command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- atClause subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- NEED BACKUP option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- needBackupOption subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- OBSOLETE option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- report clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- reportObject subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
report entry (BI Publisher)
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
REPORT Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
report layout (BI Publisher)
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
report layouts
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- copying
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- options
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
report navigator
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
report printing
- configuring
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- configuring in full development instance
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- configuring in runtime instance
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- determining settings in runtime instance
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- problems
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
report queries
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- copying
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
report region
- printing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
report regions
- about configuration options
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- printing to PDF
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
REPORT statement
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
report templates
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- generic column templates
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- named column templates
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- using JavaScript
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
REPORT_ANALYSIS_TASK Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REPORT_AUTO_TUNING_TASK Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REPORT_COMPONENTS view
(Reference)
-
REPORT_DIAGNOSIS_TASK Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REPORT_FILES view
(Reference)
-
REPORT_FORMATS view
(Reference)
-
REPORT_SQL_DETAIL Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REPORT_SQL_MONITOR Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REPORT_SQL_MONITOR_LIST Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REPORT_TUNING_TASK function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
reporting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- Control Center
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- execution
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- implementation
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- management
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- object properties
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- on deployment
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- on objects
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
reporting functions
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
reporting in the application
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
reporting menu
- report results page
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- parameter (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
reporting operations
- configuring
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- offloading on the standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- performing on a logical standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
reporting options (translator)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
reportObject subclause
- parameter descriptions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
reports
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- about an application
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Access to Sensitive Objects Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Accounts With DBA Roles Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Accounts with SYSDBA/SYSOPER Privilege Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Active Sessions
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- addding a column link
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- adding
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- adding a column
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- adding columns from other tables
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- adding links
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- ALTER SYSTEM or ALTER SESSION Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ANY System Privileges for Database Accounts Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Application Attributes
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- Application Builder
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Application Changes by Application
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- Application Changes by Developer
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- AUDIT Privileges Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- auditing
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- autotrace
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BECOME USER Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- bind variables for
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- breaks
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Bulk Edit Item Help
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- categories of
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- changing column format
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- clarifying with spacing and summary lines
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- class references
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- columns
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Command Rule Audit Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Command Rule Configuration Issues Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- comparing user interface defaults
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Control Center
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- Core Database Audit Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Core Database Vault Audit Trail Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creating a column link
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating a function
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- creating bottom titles
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating conditions
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- creating footers
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating headers
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating headers and footers
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating master/detail
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating top titles
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating with a wizard
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- CSV export
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Data Dictionary
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- Database Account Default Password Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Account Status Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Accounts With Catalog Roles Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database objects
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- deployment
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- Direct and Indirect System Privileges By Database Account Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct Object Privileges Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct System Privileges By Database Account Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- displaying
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Enterprise Manager Grid Control
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- exception reports
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- Execute Privileges to Strong SYS Packages Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- execution
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- exporting
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- exporting to CSV format
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Factor Audit Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Factor Configuration Issues Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Factor Without Identities
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- formatting column headings
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting columns
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- general security
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Hierarchical System Privileges by Database Account Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Identity Configuration Issues Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- implementation
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- importing
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- including pagination above
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- interactive HTML example
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Java Policy Grants Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Label Security Integration Audit Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- linking to another report
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- making conditional
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- management
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- monitor activity
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- Non-Owner Object Trigger Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- object
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- Object Access By PUBLIC Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Object Access Not By PUBLIC Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Object Dependencies Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- object properties
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- Objects Dependent on Dynamic SQL Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- on the web
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OS Directory Objects Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- OS Security Vulnerability Privileges
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Parse as Schemas
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- Password History Access Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- permissions for running
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- PL/SQL Source Code
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- printing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- privilege management
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner, Privilege Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- processing ROW command output
(OLAP DML Reference)
- producing
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- producing with ROW commands
(OLAP DML Reference)
- Program Unit Arguments
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- Public Execute Privilege To SYS PL/SQL Procedures Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Realm Audit Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Realm Authorization Configuration Issues Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Resource Profiles Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Roles/Accounts That Have a Given Role Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Rule Set Configuration Issues Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- running
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- schema
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- Secure Application Configuration Issues Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Secure Application Role Audit Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Security Policy Exemption Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Security Related Database Parameters
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- security vulnerability
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- shared
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SILENT mode
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sorting columns
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- SQL
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- starting on a new page
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- supported substitution strings
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- System Privileges By Privilege Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- System Resource Limits Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Tablespace Quotas Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- template subscription
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- template utilization
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- templates in a theme
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- theme file references
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- theme template counts
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- themes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- title
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- triggers
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Unit Line Counts report
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- Unwrapped PL/SQL Package Bodies Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- User Groups Assignments
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- Username /Password Tables Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- user-defined
- chart example (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- creating and editing (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- dynamic HTML example (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- explanation (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- folders for (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- folders for (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- gauge example (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- UserReports.xml (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- WITH ADMIN Privileges Grants Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- WITH GRANT Privileges Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Wizard Report
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Reports, Oracle
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
reports, RMAN
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backup jobs
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- database schema
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- files needing backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- obsolete backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- unrecoverable backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
repositories
- analyzing
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- listing contents
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- updating
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- updating availability status
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- updating filenames
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- validating contents
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
Repository
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- optimizing
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
repository
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- access by anonymous user
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- access using JCR
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- choosing a server
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- cleaning
- Linux (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- Windows (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- data storage
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- deinstall
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- deleting
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- development privileges
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- event
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- configuring (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- predefined (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- event handler
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- event listener
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- hierarchical index
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- installation scripts
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- installing
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- installing the repository
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- private
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- resource
- See resource (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- server, definition
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- use with XQuery
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
Repository Assistant
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [entry #3] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [entry #4] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- LoadJava error
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
Repository Browser
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- about
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- Control Center
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- Design Center
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- displaying in default Web browser
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- implementation reports
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- installing
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- logging in
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- navigating
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- object reports
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- opening
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- starting
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- stopping
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
Repository Browser changes
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
repository browser environment
- configuring
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
Repository Browser or Heterogeneous Repository Browser
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
repository link
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
Repository navigator
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
repository objects
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [entry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
repository optimization
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
Repository upgrades
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
Repository users, deleting
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
repository, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
repository, RMAN
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
REPPEERS replication table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
RePrepare method
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TTClasses Guide)
-
representing metadata
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
reproject procedure
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
reprojecting GeoRaster objects
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
repschemes command
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RepStateGet
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
REPSTORES replication table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
REPSUBSCRIPTIONS replication table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
REPTABLES replication table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
REQUEST
- button names
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- referencing value of
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- substitution string
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
REQUEST function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
request queue
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
REQUEST_PIECES function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
requests
- passing between sites
(Data Guard Broker)
-
required access privileges
- metadata import
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
required checkpoint SCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
required parameters page
- % wildcard
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
required public information
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
required support files
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
requirements
- [entry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- [entry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- browser
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- database
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- disk space
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- for business names
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- for enabling fast-start failover
(Data Guard Broker)
- hardware
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- [subentry #3] (Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #8] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #9] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- HTTP server
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- JRE
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- JServer option, Oracle Database
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- JVM
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- memory
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- network
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- network attachments
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- of a rolling upgrade
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Text
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- Oracle XML DB
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- PL/SQL Web Toolkit
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- shared_pool_size
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- software
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- storage
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- system
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
requirements for JPublisher
- general requirements
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
requirements, environment
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
rerunning SQL statement
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
resampleParam parameter
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
resampling method
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
RESERVED function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
reserved namespaces
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
reserved preprocessor control token
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
reserved words
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #8] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #9] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #10] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #11] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- external tables
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
- ORACLE_DATAPUMP access driver
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- ORACLE_LOADER access driver
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- PL/SQL
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
reserved words and characters
(Text Reference)
- escaping
(Text Reference)
-
reserved words and characters with Workspace Manager
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
reserved words and keywords
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
reset clause, syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RESET COMPATIBILITY clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RESET DATABASE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- INCARNATION option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- reset clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RESET DB_UNIQUE_NAME parameter, CHANGE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
reset sequence of
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RESET_ANALYSIS_TASK Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESET_BUFFER procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
reset_compiler_option method
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
RESET_DIAGNOSIS_TASK Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESET_GLOBAL_PREFS_DEFAULTS Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESET_JOB Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESET_MEASURE procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
RESET_MODEL_LABELS procedure
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
reset_owbcc_home.sql
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
RESET_PACKAGE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESET_PARAM_DEFAULTS Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESET_SESSION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESET_SQLWKLD Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESET_SUBSCRIBER Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESET_TASK Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESET_TRACE procedure
(Text Reference)
-
RESET_TUNING_TASK procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
resetDbUniqueNameOption subclause
- parameter descriptions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RESETLOGS operation
- when necessary
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RESETLOGS option
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RESETLOGS parameter
- of CREATE CONTROLFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RESETLOGS parameter, FLASHBACK DATABASE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
resetNode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
RESETPARAMS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
resetting a trace
(Text Reference)
-
resetting password of HR account
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
resetting the Sample Schemas
(Sample Schemas)
-
RESID
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
Resident Connection Pool
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
resident partitions
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
residual
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
residual plot
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
RESIZE clause
- for single-file tablespace
(Administrator's Guide)
-
resize_disk_clauses
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
resizing disks in disk groups
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
resolution
- spectral
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
resolution columns
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
RESOLVE clause
- of ALTER JAVA CLASS
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE JAVA
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ResolveConflicts procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RESOLVENAMESPACEPREFIX function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
resolver
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- default
(Java Developer's Guide)
- defined
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- example
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- ignoring non-existent references
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
RESOLVER clause
- of ALTER JAVA CLASS
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER JAVA SOURCE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE JAVA
(SQL Language Reference)
-
resolver method
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
resolver specification
- definition
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
resolving
- errors. See troubleshooting
-
resolving conflicts
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- beginning
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- committing
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- rolling back
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
resource
- access
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- using protocols (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- defined
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- deleting
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- nonempty container (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- using DELETE (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- managing with DBMS_XDB
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- required privileges for operations
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- searching for, using Oracle Text
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setting property in ACLs
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- simultaneous operations
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- updating
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
resource allocation methods
- active session pool
(Administrator's Guide)
- ACTIVE_SESS_POOL_MTH
(Administrator's Guide)
- CPU resource
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- EMPHASIS
(Administrator's Guide)
- limit on degree of parallelism
(Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLEL_DEGREE_LIMIT_ABSOLUTE
(Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLEL_DEGREE_LIMIT_MTH
(Administrator's Guide)
- QUEUEING_MTH
(Administrator's Guide)
- queuing resource allocation method
(Administrator's Guide)
- ROUND-ROBIN
(Administrator's Guide)
-
resource attributes
- ACL
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ACTION_FAILURE_EVENT_TEMPLATE
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ACTION_SCRIPT
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ACTIVE_PLACEMENT
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- AGENT_FILENAME
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- AUTO_START
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CARDINALITY
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CHECK_INTERVAL
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CURRENT_RCOUNT
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DEGREE
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DESCRIPTION
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ENABLED
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- FAILURE_INTERVAL
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- FAILURE_THRESHOLD
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- HOSTING_MEMBERS
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- LAST_SERVER
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- LOAD
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- NAME
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- OFFLINE_CHECK_INTERVAL
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PLACEMENT
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PROFILE_CHANGE_EVENT_TEMPLATE
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- RESTART_ATTEMPTS
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SCRIPT_TIMEOUT
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SERVER_POOLS
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- START_DEPENDENCIES
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- START_TIMEOUT
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- STATE_CHANGE_EVENT_TEMPLATE
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- STATE_DETAILS
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- STOP_DEPENDENCIES
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- STOP_TIMEOUT
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- TARGET
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- TYPE
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- UPTIME_THRESHOLD
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
resource configuration file
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
resource configuration list
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
resource consumer groups
(Administrator's Guide)
- changing
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating
(Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT_CONSUMER_GROUP
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- deleting
(Administrator's Guide)
- granting the switch privilege
(Administrator's Guide)
- managing
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- OTHER_GROUPS
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- parameters
(Administrator's Guide)
- revoking the switch privilege
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting initial
(Administrator's Guide)
- switching a session
(Administrator's Guide)
- switching sessions for a user
(Administrator's Guide)
- SYS_GROUP
(Administrator's Guide)
- updating
(Administrator's Guide)
-
resource consumption
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- controlling in Data Pump Export utility
(Utilities)
- controlling in Data Pump Import utility
(Utilities)
- minimizing
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
resource content
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
Resource Definition Framework, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
resource dependencies
- defined
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- start dependencies
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- attraction (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- attraction (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- dispersion (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- dispersion (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- hard (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- hard (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- pullup (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- pullup (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- weak (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- weak (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- stop dependencies
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- hard (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- hard (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
Resource Description Framework
- See semantic technologies
-
resource document
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
resource errors
- Import
(Utilities)
-
resource ID
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
resource limits
- about
(Security Guide)
- call level, limiting
(Security Guide)
- connection time for each session
(Security Guide)
- CPU time, limiting
(Security Guide)
- determining values for
(Security Guide)
- idle time in each session
(Security Guide)
- logical reads, limiting
(Security Guide)
- Messaging Gateway
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- private SGA space for each session
(Security Guide)
- profiles
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- session level, limiting
(Security Guide)
- sessions
- concurrent for user (Security Guide)
- elapsed connection time (Security Guide)
- idle time (Security Guide)
- SGA space (Security Guide)
- types
(Security Guide)
-
resource limits for profiles
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
Resource Manager
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- and services
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- AUTO_TASK_CONSUMER_GROUP consumer group
(Administrator's Guide)
-
resource manager
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- See Database Resource Manager
-
resource manager (RM)
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
resource manager, JTA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
resource manager, XA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
resource managers
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
resource name
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
resource name, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
resource package
- description
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
resource parameters
- of CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
resource permissions
- changing
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
resource plan directives
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- deleting
(Administrator's Guide)
- specifying
(Administrator's Guide)
- updating
(Administrator's Guide)
-
resource plans
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- creating
(Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT_MAINTENANCE_PLAN
(Administrator's Guide)
- DELETE_PLAN_CASCADE
(Administrator's Guide)
- deleting
(Administrator's Guide)
- examples
(Administrator's Guide)
- parameters
(Administrator's Guide)
- plan schemas
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSTEM_PLAN
(Administrator's Guide)
- top plan
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- updating
(Administrator's Guide)
- validating
(Administrator's Guide)
-
RESOURCE privilege
- CREATE SCHEMA statement, needed for
(Security Guide)
-
resource profiles
- and service creation
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
Resource Profiles Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
RESOURCE role
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- [entry #4] (Utilities)
- about
(Security Guide)
- user-defined types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
resource schema object
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
resource schema object naming
- loaded
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
resource type
- cluster_resource
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- defined
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- local_resource
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
resource use
- monitoring
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
resource version
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
resource, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
RESOURCE_COST view
(Reference)
-
RESOURCE_LIMIT initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
RESOURCE_MANAGER_CPU_ALLOCATION initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
RESOURCE_MANAGER_PLAN initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
RESOURCE_MAP table
(Reference)
-
resource_name parameter
- supplying to CRSCTL commands
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
resource_parameters
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
RESOURCE_VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- explained
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
RESOURCE_VIEW view
(Reference)
-
resources
- about
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- adding
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- with Oracle Enterprise Manager (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Advanced Tutorials guide
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- allocation
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- bottlenecks
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- consumption, parameters affecting
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- defined
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Discussion forum
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- How-to documents
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- limiting for users
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- limits
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- managing
- with Oracle Enterprise Manager (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle by Example
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- parallel query usage
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- Quick tour
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- registering in Oracle Clusterware
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- releasing
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- reports
- Resource Profiles Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- System Resource Limits Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- training courses
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- wait events
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
resource-view-cache-size configuration parameter
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
response file
- ACCEPT_LICENSE_AGREEMENT parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- CLUSTER_NODES parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- DECLINE_SECURITY_UPDATES
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- definition
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- DEINSTALL_LIST parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- DEPENDENCY_LIST parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- format
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- FROM_LOCATION response file parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- FROM_LOCATION_CD_LABEL parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- general format
- comments (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- headers (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- values (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- INCLUDE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- INSTALL_TYPE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- installing by using
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- LOCAL_NODE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- location
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- LOCATION_FOR_DISK2 parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- modifying
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- MYORACLESUPPORT_PASSWORD
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- MYORACLESUPPORT_USERNAME
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- NEXT_SESSION parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- NEXT_SESSION_ON_FAIL parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- NEXT_SESSION_RESPONSE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- OPTIONAL_CONFIG_TOOLS parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- ORACLE_BASE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- ORACLE_HOME parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- parameters
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- PROXY_HOST
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- PROXY_PORT
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- PROXY_PWD
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- PROXY_USER
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- REMOTE_NODES parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- REMOVE_HOMES parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- RESPONSEFILE_VERSION parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- RESTART_SYSTEM parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- sample
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SECURITY_UPDATES_VIA_MYORACLESUPPORT
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SELECTED_LANGUAGES
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- setting variables from command line
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_COMPONENT_LOCATIONS_PAGE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_CUSTOM_TREE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_DEINSTALL_CONFIRMATION parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_DEINSTALL_PROGRESS parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_END_SESSION_PAGE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_EXIT_CONFIRMATION parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_INSTALL_PROGRESS_PAGE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_OPTIONAL_CONFIG_TOOL_PAGE
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_RELEASE_NOTES
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_ROOTSH_CONFIRMATION parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_SPLASH_SCREEN parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_SUMMARY_PAGE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SHOW_WELCOME_PAGE parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- silent installation
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- specifying
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- value of component variable (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- value of session variable (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- TOPLEVEL_COMPONENT parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- UNIX_GROUP_NAME parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- using
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- variable lookup order
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- variable values
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
response file installation
- oraInst.loc file
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- preparing
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- reasons for using
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- response files
- preparing (Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- preparing (Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- preparing (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- preparing (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- templates (Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- templates (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- templates (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- templates (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- silent mode
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- errors (Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- errors (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
response file mode
- about
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- reasons for using
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
response file optional parameters
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
response files
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- about
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Automatic Storage Management
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- client_install.rsp
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- creating with template
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- crs_install.rsp
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- dbca.rsp
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- enterprise.rsp
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- for Oracle ASM
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- general procedure
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Net Configuration Assistant
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- netca.rsp
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- passing values at command line
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- passwords
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- security
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- specifying with Oracle Universal Installer
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
response files installation
- about
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
response files.See also silent mode
-
response queue
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
response queues
(Concepts)
-
response time
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- cost-based approach
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- improving
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- optimizer goal
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- optimizing
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- optimizing for
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
RESPONSEFILE_VERSION parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
restart considerations
- SQL Apply
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
restart policy
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RESTART_ATTEMPTS
- resource attribute
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
RESTART_SYSTEM parameter
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
restartable backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
restarting
- Automatic Storage Management
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- databases
- when fast-start failover is enabled (Data Guard Broker)
- instances
(Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle Database
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
restarting Apache
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
RESTARTQUERY procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
restoration configuration
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
restore
- data store
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
restore clause
- parameter descriptions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RESTORE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- autoBackupOptList subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- FORCE option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- PREVIEW option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- restore clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- restoreObject subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- restoreSpecOperand subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- VALIDATE HEADER option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
restore commands
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
restore failover
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RESTORE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
restore optimization
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RESTORE POINT parameter
- DUPLICATE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- FLASHBACK DATABASE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- LIST command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RECOVER command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RESTORE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SET command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- TRANSPORT TABLESPACE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
restore points
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- creating
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- dropping
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Flashback
(High Availability Overview)
- flashing back to
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- guaranteed
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- compared to storage snapshots (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- listing
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- preserved
(SQL Language Reference)
- requirements
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using
- to flash back a table (SQL Language Reference)
- to flashback the database (SQL Language Reference)
-
restore scenarios
- RMAN
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
restore scheme
- cluster file system
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- local file system
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
restore validation
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RESTORE_DATBASE_STATS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESTORE_DEFAULT_LABELS procedure
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
RESTORE_DEFAULTS Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESTORE_DICTIONARY_STATS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESTORE_FIXED_OBJECTS_STATS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESTORE_SCHEMA_STATS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESTORE_SYSTEM_STATS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESTORE_TABLE_STATS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESTOREALL Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
restoreCommands subclause, syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
restoreObject subclause
- parameter descriptions
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RESTOREPATH Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
restoreSpecOperand subclause, syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
restoring
- control files
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- to default location (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- to nondefault location (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- database
- to default location (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- database files
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- OCR
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- server parameter files
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- testing
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- user-managed backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
restoring a data store
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
restoring a previous release of the gateway
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
restoring data stores
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
RESTRICT
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
restrict access
- of application
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
restrict method
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
restrict_permission method
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
RESTRICT_REFERENCES pragma
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- for backward compatibility
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- overloaded functions and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- static and dynamic SQL statements and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
restricted multilingual support
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
restricted ROWID
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
RESTRICTED SESSION privilege
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RESTRICTED SESSION system privilege
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- apply processes
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- capture processes
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- propagation jobs
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- restricted mode and
(Administrator's Guide)
-
restricting access by IP address
(Application Express Administration Guide)
-
restricting at startup
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
restrictions
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #6] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #7] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- AT clause
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- binds of more than 4000 bytes
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- buffered messages
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- cannot call OCI or DBMS_LOB functions on a NULL LOB
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- clustered tables
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- COMMIT
(Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- COMMIT command
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- CURRENT OF clause
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- cursor declaration
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- cursor loops
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- cursor variables
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- data source
(Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- data truncation
(Globalization Support Guide)
- direct-path INSERT
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- dynamic SQL
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- fast refresh
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- FOR clause
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- gateways
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- host tables
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- host variables
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- referencing (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- importing into another user's schema
(Utilities)
- indexes
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- index-organized tables and LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- input host variable
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- mapping debugger
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- message payloads
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- nested materialized views
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- nonpersistent queues
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- on AT clause
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- on Comments
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- on CURRENT OF clause
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- on declaring cursors
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- on FOR clause
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- on gateway using SNA
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on host arrays
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- on host tables
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- on input host variables
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- on NULLs
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- on PL/I variables
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- on separate precompilation
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- on SET TRANSACTION statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- parallel DDL
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- parallel DML
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- remote transactions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- passwords
(Globalization Support Guide)
- point-in-time recovery
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- procedural replication
(Advanced Replication)
- query rewrite
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- queue management
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- REDEFINES clause
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- REF payloads
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- RELEASE option
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- remote subscribers
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- replication
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- ROLLBACK
(Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- ROLLBACK command
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- separate precompilation
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SET TRANSACTION statement
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- space padding during export
(Globalization Support Guide)
- SQL
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- SQLGLM subroutine
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLIEM subroutine
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- subscribers
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- synonyms
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- table names in Export parameter file
(Utilities)
- table names in Import parameter file
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
- TO SAVEPOINT clause
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- triggers
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- use of CURRENT OF clause
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- usernames
(Globalization Support Guide)
- virtual private database
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
restrictions in current release
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
Restrictions on Callbacks
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
restrictions on table names
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
restrictions, Oracle Label Security
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
restrictions, SQL*Plus
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- passwords
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- resizing windows
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- return codes
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
RESULT
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
result buffer size
- increasing
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
result cache
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #7] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #8] (SQL Language Reference)
- and the shared pool size
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting size of
(Administrator's Guide)
-
result columns in SELECT statement
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
result expressions
- evaluation at runtime
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- overview
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
result set
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- auto-commit mode
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- metadata
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- Oracle extensions
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- using getOracleObject() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
result set enhancements
- downgrade rules
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- fetch size
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- limitations
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- Oracle scrollability requirements
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- Oracle updatability requirements
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- positioning
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- refetching rows
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- scrollability
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- sensitivity to database changes
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- summary of visibility of changes
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- updatability
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- visibility vs. detection of external changes
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
result set fetch size
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
Result Set Holdability
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
result set iterators (strongly typed)
- Overview
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
result set iterators (weakly typed)
- general information
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- Overview
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- scrollable
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
result set mapping
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
result set object
- closing
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
result set, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
result set, processing
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
result sets
- as host variables
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- as iterator columns
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- as stored function returns
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- columns in
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- commit/rollback effect
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- converting from iterators
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- converting to iterators
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- declaring
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- features
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- persistence across calls in server
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- retrieving result sets through passthrough
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
result sets, hints and restrictions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
result sets, SQL
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Concepts)
-
result table
- TOKENS
(Text Reference)
-
result tables
(Text Reference)
- CTX_DOC
(Text Reference)
- CTX_QUERY
(Text Reference)
- CTX_THES
(Text Reference)
-
RESULT_CACHE clause
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
RESULT_CACHE hint
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RESULT_CACHE_MAX_RESULT initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
RESULT_CACHE_MAX_SIZE
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
RESULT_CACHE_MAX_SIZE initialization parameter
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
RESULT_CACHE_MODE initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
RESULT_CACHE_REMOTE_EXPIRATION initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
RESULT_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
-
RESULT_SET_AVAILABLE status
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
results
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
-
results sets, SQL
(Concepts)
-
results view
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
ResultSet class
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
ResultSet interface support
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
ResultSet object
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- closing
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- getBoolean
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- getInt
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- getLong
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- JDeveloper, creating in
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- next method
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
ResultSet() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
ResultSetIterator type
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
ResultSetMetaData interface support
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
RESUMABLE parameter
- Export utility
(Utilities)
- Import utility
(Utilities)
- SQL*Loader utility
(Utilities)
-
resumable space allocation
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- correctable errors
(Administrator's Guide)
- detecting suspended statements
(Administrator's Guide)
- disabling
(Administrator's Guide)
- distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling and disabling
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
- example
(Administrator's Guide)
- how resumable statements work
(Administrator's Guide)
- naming statements
(Administrator's Guide)
- parallel execution and
(Administrator's Guide)
- resumable operations
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting as default for session
(Administrator's Guide)
- timeout interval
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
resumable storage allocation
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
RESUMABLE system privilege
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RESUMABLE_NAME parameter
- Export utility
(Utilities)
- Import utility
(Utilities)
- SQL*Loader utility
(Utilities)
-
RESUMABLE_TIMEOUT initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting
(Administrator's Guide)
-
RESUMABLE_TIMEOUT parameter
- Export utility
(Utilities)
- Import utility
(Utilities)
- SQL*Loader utility
(Utilities)
-
RESUME clause
- ALTER SYSTEM statement
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- of ALTER SYSTEM
(SQL Language Reference)
-
resume configuration of the gateway
- on Linux
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
RESUME GATEWAYS command
(Net Services Reference)
-
RESUME RETURN attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RESUME RETURN policy
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RESUME_ANALYSIS_TASK Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESUME_DIAGNOSIS_TASK Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESUME_MASTER_ACTIVITY procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
RESUME_PROFILER function and procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESUME_PROPAGATION_TO_MDEF procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
RESUME_REPLAY Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESUME_SUBSET_OF_MASTERS procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
RESUME_TASK Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RESUME_TUNING_TASK Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
resuming branches
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
resuming failed index
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- example
(Text Reference)
-
resuming recovery after interruption
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
resuming replication activity
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
resync
- fast mirror
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- fast mirror, Preface
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
RESYNC CATALOG command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- FROM CONTROLFILECOPY option
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RESYNC CATALOG, resync clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
resync clause, syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RESYNC command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
resynchronization
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
resynchronizing
- logical standby databases with a new branch of redo
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical standby databases with a new branch of redo
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
resynchronizing the recovery catalog
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RETENTION
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
retention
- of messages
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
retention guarantee (for undo)
(Administrator's Guide)
-
RETENTION GUARANTEE clause for undo tablespace
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
RETENTION ignored in an MSSM tablespace
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
RETENTION option of ALTER TABLE statement
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
RETENTION parameter
- of LOB storage
(SQL Language Reference)
-
retention policies
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- exemptions (example)
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- overriding
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- window-based
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
retention policies. See backup retention policies
-
RETENTION POLICY parameter
- CONFIGURE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SHOW command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
retries
- during dequeuing
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- multiple sessions dequeuing
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
RETRIES networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
Retrieval of Auto-Generated Keys
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
retrieving
- missing archived redo log files
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
retrieving data
- accessor type
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- bind variables
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- from Oracle
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- looping
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- multiple columns
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- multiple rows
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- multiple values
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- simple query
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- value methods
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
retrieving large documents with collections
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
retrieving LOB access statistics
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
retrieving media
- Oracle Multimedia Java API
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- Oracle Multimedia Servlets and JSP Java API
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- PL/SQL
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
-
retrieving messages
- shorter than 32\ 767 bytes
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
retrieving object metadata
- using Metadata API
(Utilities)
-
retrieving results one row at a time
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
retrieving rows from a table
- embedded SQL
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
retrieving rows from a table, embedded SQL
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
RETRY_COUNT
(Net Services Reference)
-
RETRY_COUNT networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
RETRY_ON_ROW_CHANGE hint
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RETURN clause
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE OPERATOR
(SQL Language Reference)
-
RETURN clause of function
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
return code
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
return code, specifying
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
return codes
- RMAN
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- user exits
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
RETURN command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
return entire result sets
- BULK COLLECT
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
Return On Investment (ROI)
(High Availability Overview)
-
Return on Investment (ROI)
- optimizing
(High Availability Overview)
-
return on investment (ROI)
(High Availability Overview)
-
RETURN RECEIPT
- ALTER SUBSCRIBER, SET
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- BY REQUEST
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- NO RETURN
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- replication
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
return receipt
- definition
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN RECEIPT attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- example use of
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN RECEIPT BY REQUEST attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- example use of
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN RECEIPT BY REQUEST clause
- active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN RECEIPT clause
- active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN RECEIPT failure policy
- report settings
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
return receipt replication
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN RECEPT timeout errors
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
return service
- active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- performance and recovery tradeoffs
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
return service blocking
- disabling
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
return service failure policy
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
return service timeout errors
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN SERVICES WHEN REPLICATION STOPPED attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- in general
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
RETURN TWOSAFE
- BY REQUEST
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- replication
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- RETURN SERVICES
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
return twosafe
- active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- definition
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN TWOSAFE attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN TWOSAFE BY REQUEST attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN TWOSAFE BY REQUEST clause
- active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
RETURN TWOSAFE clause
- active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
return type
- of cursor variable
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- of function
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- of REF CURSOR type
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
return types
- for getXXX() methods
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- getObject() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- getOracleObject() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
return value of a program
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
return values
- casting
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- navigational functions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
RETURN WAIT TIME attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
return_detailed_geometry attribute
- of route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
return_driving_directions attribute
- of route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
return_hierarchical_driving_directions attribute
- of route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
return_route_edge_ids attribute
- of route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
return_route_geometry attribute
- of batch route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- of route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
return_rows_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
return_segment_geometry attribute
- of batch route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- of route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
returnability (cursor states, WITH clause)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
RETURNING clause
- binding with
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- error handling
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- initializing variables
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- not supported for INSERT or UPDATE on version-enabled tables
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- of DELETE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of INSERT
(SQL Language Reference)
- of UPDATE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- using with OCI
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- with REFs
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
returning clause
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DELETE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in INSERT
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- in UPDATE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
RETURNING clause, using with INSERT to initialize a LOB
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
returning clauses
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
returning errors
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
returning false statements
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
RETURNING INTO clause
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
returning_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ReturnServiceAttribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
RETURN-CODE special register is unpredictable
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
reusable transformations
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
REUSE clause
- of CREATE CONTROLFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of file specifications
(SQL Language Reference)
-
REUSE parameter, BACKUP command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
reuse properites
- maximum count
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
reuse properties
- maximum time
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
REUSE SETTINGS clause
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
REUSE_DATAFILES parameter
- Data Pump Import utility
(Utilities)
-
REUSE_DUMPFILES parameter
- Data Pump Export utility
(Utilities)
-
revalidating schema objects
(2 Day DBA)
-
REVERSE clause
- of CREATE INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
-
reverse crossedition trigger
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
reverse crossedition trigger SQL
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
reverse crossedition triggers
(High Availability Overview)
-
REVERSE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
reverse geocoding
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
reverse index
- cannot be created or dropped on version-enabled table
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
reverse indexes
(SQL Language Reference)
-
reverse key indexes
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
REVERSE parameter
- of ALTER INDEX ... REBUILD
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
reverse resynchronization
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
reverse secondary sorting
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
reverse transformations
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
REVERSE_GEOCODE function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
REVERSE_GEOMETRY function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
REVERSE_LINESTRING function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
REVERSE_MEASURE function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
reversing table changes
(Administrator's Guide)
-
reversing transaction
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
REVERT command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
reverting compatibility settings
- disk groups
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
REVISE_SALARY
- stored procedure
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
revocation
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
REVOKE
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
REVOKE ALL command
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
REVOKE clause
- of ALTER USER
(SQL Language Reference)
-
revoke clause, syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
REVOKE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #5] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- disabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- revoke clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
REVOKE CONNECT THROUGH clause
- of ALTER USER
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- revoking proxy authorization
(Security Guide)
-
revoke method
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
REVOKE statement
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- locks
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- monitoring
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- system privileges and roles
(Security Guide)
- when takes effect
(Security Guide)
-
REVOKE_ADMIN_ANY_SCHEMA procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REVOKE_ADMIN_PRIVILEGE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REVOKE_ADMIN_SCHEMA procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
REVOKE_OBJECT_PRIVILEGE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
revoke_object_privileges
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
revoke_permission method
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
REVOKE_PREFERENCE_FOR_OP procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
REVOKE_PRIVILEGE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
REVOKE_REMOTE_ADMIN_ACCESS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REVOKE_SWITCH_CONSUMER_GROUP procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
REVOKE_SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
revoke_system_privileges
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
revokeFeatureTypeFromUser method
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
RevokeFeatureTypeFromUser procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
RevokeGraphPriv procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RevokeMDAccessFromUser procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
revokeMDAccessToUser method
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
revokeRecordTypeFromUser method
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
RevokeSystemPriv procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RevokeWorkspacePriv procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
revoking
- AQ system privilege
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue privilege
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- roles
(2 Day DBA)
- system privileges
(2 Day DBA)
-
revoking privileges
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- multiparent graph workspaces
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
revoking privileges and roles
- cascading effects
(Security Guide)
- on selected columns
(Security Guide)
- REVOKE statement
(Security Guide)
- specifying ALL
(Security Guide)
- when using operating-system roles
(Security Guide)
-
rewrite
- query
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- XPath (XPath)
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- XQuery
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
REWRITE hint
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
REWRITE_MV_OPTION
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
REWRITE_OR_ERROR hint
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
REWRITE_WITH_ATTRIBUTES_MV_OPTION
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
rewrites
- hints
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- parameters
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- privileges
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- query optimizations
- hints (Data Warehousing Guide)
- hints (Data Warehousing Guide)
- matching join graphs (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
rewriting queries
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
re-creating
- a table on a logical standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
re-linking, need for
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
RFC
(Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
-
RFC 1738 URL specification
(Text Reference)
-
RFC-2045 messages
- filtering
(Text Reference)
-
RFC-822 messages
- filtering
(Text Reference)
-
RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) technology
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
RHT, See remote host transactions
-
ridge regression
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
RIGHT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
RIGHT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
right outer joins
(SQL Language Reference)
-
rights, definer's and invoker's
(Concepts)
-
ring
- exterior and interior polygon
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- extracting from a geometry
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
rLevel keyword
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
RLM$EVENTIDS object type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
RLS
- restriction regarding fine-grained access control policies and SDO_FILTER
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
RM (resource manager)
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
rm command
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
rmalias command
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
RMAN
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- as a best practice
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- configuring channels
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring channels to use automatic load balancing
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring one channel for each instance
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crosschecking on multiple nodes
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- incremental backups
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- local archiving scenario
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- restore scenarios
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- rolling forward physical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
RMAN BACKUP INCREMENTAL FROM SCN command
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
RMAN backups
- accessibility in Data Guard environment
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- association in Data Guard environment
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- interchangeability in Data Guard environment
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
RMAN command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- cmdLine clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN command (operating system)
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN commands
- executing from files
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN RECOVER BLOCK command
- repairing data block corruption
(High Availability Overview)
-
RMAN repository
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RMAN sessions
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
RMAN. See Recovery Manager
-
RMAN. See Recovery Manager.
-
RMAN-0558 error message
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN-06004 error message
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN-06445 error message
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN-06496 error message
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN-06710 error message
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN-10031 error message
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN-10035 error message
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN-20401 error message
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMAN-6758 error message
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RMARGIN
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
rmcdc.sql script
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
rmem_default
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
rmem_default file
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
rmem_default parameter
- recommended value on Linux
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
rmem_max
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
rmem_max file
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
rmem_max parameter
- recommended value on Linux
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
RMFF audio format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
rmgrp command
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
RMI
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
RMJVM.SQL script
(Reference)
-
RMSn Oracle RAC Management Processes
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
rmtmpl command
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
rmusr command
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
road segments
- GC_ROAD_SEGMENT_<suffix> table
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
road_preference attribute
- of batch route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- of route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
roads
- GC_ROAD_<suffix> table
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
ROC
- See receiver operating characteristic
-
ROLAP
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
ROLAP implementation
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- about
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- dimensional objects
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
ROLAP with MVs implementation
- about
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
role
- adding
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- PGDDDEF
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGDDGEN
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGMDEV
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PUBLIC
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
role identification
- operating system accounts
(Security Guide)
-
role management services
- defined
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
ROLE option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
role set
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
role transition triggers
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DB_ROLE_CHANGE system event
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
role transitions
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- and cascaded destinations
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- changing
(Data Guard Broker)
- choosing a type of
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- flashing back the databases after
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- logical standby database and
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- managing
(Data Guard Broker)
- fast-start failover (Data Guard Broker)
- manual failover (Data Guard Broker)
- switchover (Data Guard Broker)
- monitoring
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical standby databases and
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reversals
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
role XDB_SET_INVOKER
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
role XDBADMIN
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
ROLE_ROLE_PRIVS view
(Reference)
-
ROLE_SYS_PRIVS view
(Reference)
- application privileges
(Security Guide)
-
ROLE_TAB_PRIVS view
(Reference)
- application privileges, finding
(Security Guide)
-
ROLE_WM_PRIVS view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
Roles
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
roles
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #6] (Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- about
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- adding to realms as grantees
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ADM_PARALLEL_EXECUTE_TASK role
(Security Guide)
- ADMIN OPTION and
(Security Guide)
- administering
(2 Day DBA)
- Administrator
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- advantages in application use
(Security Guide)
- application
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Security Guide)
- application privileges
(Security Guide)
- applications, for user
(Security Guide)
- AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- AQ_USER_ROLE
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- AQ_USER_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- assigning
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- assigning to users
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- AUTHENTICATEDUSER role
(Security Guide)
- authorization
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- by a password (SQL Language Reference)
- by an external service (SQL Language Reference)
- by the database (SQL Language Reference)
- by the enterprise directory service (SQL Language Reference)
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- authorized by enterprise directory service
(Security Guide)
- available
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- CAPI_USER_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- catalog-based
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- changing authorization for
(Security Guide)
- changing default
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- changing passwords
(Security Guide)
- CONNECT
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- CONNECT role
- about (Security Guide)
- create your own
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- creating
(SQL Language Reference)
- CSW_USR_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- CTXAPP role
(Security Guide)
- CWM_USER role
(Security Guide)
- database role, users
(Security Guide)
- Database Vault default roles
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DATAPUMP_EXP_FULL_DATABASE
(Utilities)
- DATAPUMP_EXP_FULL_DATABASE role
(Security Guide)
- DATAPUMP_IMP_FULL_DATABASE
(Utilities)
- DATAPUMP_IMP_FULL_DATABASE role
(Security Guide)
- DBA
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- DBA role
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- DDL statements and
(Security Guide)
- default
(Security Guide)
- default, setting for user
(Security Guide)
- definer's rights procedures disable
(Security Guide)
- DELETE_CATALOG_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- dependency management in
(Security Guide)
- dimension roles
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- disabling
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- for the current session (SQL Language Reference)
- for the current session (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping
(Security Guide)
- EJBCLIENT role
(Security Guide)
- enabled or disabled
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- enabling
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- for the current session (SQL Language Reference)
- for the current session (SQL Language Reference)
- enterprise
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- Everyone
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- EXECUTE_CATALOG_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- EXP_FULL_DATABASE
(Utilities)
- EXP_FULL_DATABASE role
(Security Guide)
- finding information about
(Security Guide)
- functionality
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- functionality of
(Security Guide)
- GATHER_SYSTEM_STATISTICS role
(Security Guide)
- global authorization
(Security Guide)
- about (Security Guide)
- global roles
- about (Security Guide)
- creating (Security Guide)
- external sources, and (Security Guide)
- GLOBAL_AQ_USER_ROLE
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- GLOBAL_AQ_USER_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- GRANT statement
(Security Guide)
- granted to other roles
(Security Guide)
- granting
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- to a user (SQL Language Reference)
- to another role (SQL Language Reference)
- to PUBLIC (SQL Language Reference)
- granting roles
- about (Security Guide)
- methods for (Security Guide)
- system (Security Guide)
- system privileges (Security Guide)
- guidelines for security
(Security Guide)
- HS_ADMIN_EXECUTE_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- HS_ADMIN_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- HS_ADMIN_SELECT_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- identifying by password
(SQL Language Reference)
- identifying externally
(SQL Language Reference)
- identifying through enterprise directory service
(SQL Language Reference)
- identifying using a package
(SQL Language Reference)
- IMP_FULL_DATABASE
(Utilities)
- IMP_FULL_DATABASE role
(Security Guide)
- in applications
(Security Guide)
- in data warehouse security
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- indirectly granted
(Security Guide)
- invoker's rights procedures use
(Security Guide)
- JAVA_ADMIN role
(Security Guide)
- JAVA_DEPLOY role
(Security Guide)
- JAVADEBUGPRIV role
(Security Guide)
- JAVAIDPRIV role
(Security Guide)
- JAVASYSPRIV role
(Security Guide)
- JAVAUSERPRIV role
(Security Guide)
- JMXSERVER role
(Security Guide)
- job responsibility privileges only
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- LBAC_DBA role
(Security Guide)
- listing grants
(Security Guide)
- listing privileges and roles in
(Security Guide)
- listing roles
(Security Guide)
- LOGSTDBY_ADMINISTRATOR role
(Security Guide)
- management using the operating system
(Security Guide)
- managing roles
- about (Security Guide)
- categorizing users (Security Guide)
- managing through operating system
(Security Guide)
- managing with RADIUS server
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- maximum number a user can enable
(Security Guide)
- MGMT_USER role
(Security Guide)
- MGW_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- MGW_AGENT_ROLE
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- multibyte characters in names
(Security Guide)
- multibyte characters in passwords
(Security Guide)
- naming
(Security Guide)
- network authorization
(Security Guide)
- network client authorization
(Security Guide)
- obtained through database links
(Administrator's Guide)
- OEM_ADVISOR role
(Security Guide)
- OEM_MONITOR role
(Security Guide)
- OLAP_DBA role
(Security Guide)
- OLAP_USER role
(Security Guide)
- OLAP_XS_ADMIN role
(Security Guide)
- OLAPI_TRACE_USER role
(Security Guide)
- One Big Application User, compromised by
(Security Guide)
- operating system
(Security Guide)
- operating system authorization
(Security Guide)
- operating system granting of
(Security Guide)
- operating system identification of
(Security Guide)
- operating system management and the shared server
(Security Guide)
- operating system-managed
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- operating-system authorization
(Security Guide)
- ORDADMIN role
(Security Guide)
- OWB$CLIENT role
(Security Guide)
- OWB_DESIGNCENTER_VIEW role
(Security Guide)
- OWB_USER role
(Security Guide)
- predefined
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- privileges for creating
(Security Guide)
- privileges for dropping
(Security Guide)
- privileges, changing authorization method for
(Security Guide)
- privileges, changing passwords
(Security Guide)
- privileges, checking with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_ROLE_VARCHAR function
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- profiles
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- RECOVER_CATALOG_OWNER
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RECOVERY_CATALOG_OWNER
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RECOVERY_CATALOG_OWNER role
(Security Guide)
- remote clients
(Reference)
- removing from the database
(SQL Language Reference)
- required for migration
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- RESOURCE
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
- RESOURCE role
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- restricting from tool users
(Security Guide)
- restrictions on privileges of
(Security Guide)
- REVOKE statement
(Security Guide)
- revoking
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- from another role (SQL Language Reference)
- from another role (SQL Language Reference)
- from PUBLIC (SQL Language Reference)
- from users (SQL Language Reference)
- from users (SQL Language Reference)
- revoking ADMIN OPTION
(Security Guide)
- re-enabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- role enablement in incomplete rule set
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- role-based system privileges
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- SCHEDULER_ADMIN role
(Security Guide)
- schemas do not contain
(Security Guide)
- security
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- security domains of
(Security Guide)
- See also secure application roles
- SELECT_CATALOG_ROLE
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SELECT_CATALOG_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- selected
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- SET ROLE statement
(Security Guide)
- setting in PL/SQL blocks
(Security Guide)
- SNMPAGENT role
(Security Guide)
- SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN role
(Security Guide)
- SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN role
(Security Guide)
- system-defined
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- unique names for
(Security Guide)
- use of passwords with
(Security Guide)
- user
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- user default
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- users capable of granting
(Security Guide)
- uses of
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- using to manage user privileges
(2 Day DBA)
- viewing
(2 Day DBA)
- WFS_USR_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- WITH GRANT OPTION and
(Security Guide)
- without authorization
(Security Guide)
- WKUSER role, Preface
(Security Guide)
- WM_ADMIN_ROLE role
(Security Guide)
- XDB_SET_INVOKER roles
(Security Guide)
- XDB_WEBSERVICES role
(Security Guide)
- XDB_WEBSERVICES_OVER_HTTP role
(Security Guide)
- XDB_WEBSERVICES_WITH_PUBLIC role
(Security Guide)
- XDBADMIN role
(Security Guide)
-
Roles/Accounts That Have a Given Role Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
role-based destinations
- setting
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
roll back
- to a savepoint
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- to the same savepoint multiple times
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
roll back a distributed transaction branch
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
roll back changes to database
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
rollabck
- statement-level
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
ROLLBACK
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- restrictions
(Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
-
rollback
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- after switchover failures
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- all operations in JMS Session
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- automatic
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- deadlock and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- described
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- effect on iterators and result sets
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- ending a transaction
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- FORALL statement and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- implicit in DDL
(Concepts)
- in object applications
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- logs and locks
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- manual
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- performance impact
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- purpose
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- rollback() method
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- rolling back failed transactions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- SQL ROLLBACK
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- statement-level
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- to a savepoint
(Concepts)
- transactions
(High Availability Overview)
- with savepoint
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
Rollback Changes icon
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
ROLLBACK clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER OSERROR
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER SQLERROR
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
ROLLBACK command
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- disabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending a transaction
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- examples
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
Rollback command
- for OUI-based homes
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- for standalone OPatch
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
ROLLBACK command, restrictions
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
-
Rollback method
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TTClasses Guide)
-
ROLLBACK procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROLLBACK processing
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
rollback segment
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- R-tree index creation
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
rollback segments
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- described
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- description
(2 Day DBA)
- effects of CONSISTENT Export parameter
(Utilities)
- locks on
(Concepts)
- materialized view sites
(Advanced Replication)
- migrating to automatic undo management
(Upgrade Guide)
- parallel recovery
(Concepts)
- removing from the database
(SQL Language Reference)
- specifying optimal size of
(SQL Language Reference)
- use of in recovery
(Concepts)
-
rollback segments granting
- system privileges for
(SQL Language Reference)
-
rollback segments, resynchronization
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
ROLLBACK SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
ROLLBACK Statement
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
ROLLBACK statement
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #9] (SQL Language Reference)
- effect of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- effects
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ending a transaction
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- examples
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- FOR UPDATE cursor and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- FORCE clause
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- forcing
(Administrator's Guide)
- in autonomous transaction
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in error handling routines
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in general
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- purpose of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- RELEASE option
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- RELEASE option in
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- TO SAVEPOINT clause
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- TO SAVEPOINT clause in
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in a PL/SQL block
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in error-handling routines
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- where to place
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
rollback ttIsql command
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
rollback undo
(SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ROLLBACK, restrictions
(Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
rollback, transaction
(Concepts)
-
ROLLBACK_ANY_WORKSPACE privilege
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ROLLBACK_FORCE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROLLBACK_SAVEPOINT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROLLBACK_SEGMENTS
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
ROLLBACK_SEGMENTS initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
ROLLBACK_TOPO_MAP procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
ROLLBACK_WORKSPACE privilege
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RollbackBulkLoading procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
rollbackDataModel( ) procedure
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
RollbackDDL procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RollbackResolve procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
rollbacks
- automatic
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ORA-02
(Administrator's Guide)
- statement-level
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- tracing
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
-
RollbackTable procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RollbackToSP procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
RollbackWorkspace procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
rolling back
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- changes in a table
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- instance recovery
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- transactions
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- workspace changes
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- workspaces to savepoint
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
rolling back a transaction
- ODBC
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- utility function
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- XLA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
rolling back transaction
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
rolling back, transactions
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
rolling patch method
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
rolling patching
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
rolling up hierarchies
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
rolling upgrade
- ASM
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- of ASM
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Automatic Storage Management
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Clusterware
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- software requirements
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
rolling upgrades
- benefits
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- methods
(Upgrade Guide)
- Oracle Automatic Storage Management, Preface
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters and OPatch
(Upgrade Guide)
- Oracle Streams
(High Availability Overview)
- patch set releases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- requirements
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting the COMPATIBLE initialization parameter
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to clustered ASM instances
(Upgrade Guide)
- unsupported data types and storage attributes
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- use of KEEP IDENTITY clause
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using transient logical standby
(High Availability Overview)
- with logical standby databases
(Upgrade Guide)
- with logical standby databases and SQL Apply
(Upgrade Guide)
- with physical standby database
(Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- with SQL Apply and logical standby databases
(Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
-
rolling windows
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
rolling_migration_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
rollout strategies
- big bang approach
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- trickle approach
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
ROLLUP
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- concatenated
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- partial
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- when to use
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
ROLLUP clause
- of SELECT statements
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ROLLUP function
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
rollup_cube_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
root
- installation warning
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
-
root access
- guideline for using with Database Vault
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
root access, guidelines on managing
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
root edition
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
root element, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
root file paths
- for files and packages outside the database
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
-
root folder, repository
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
root level
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
Root Mean Squared Error
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
root object
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
root of negative number
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
root schema
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
root table
- definition
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
root Transaction
- definition
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
root user
- [entry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- logging in as
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
root XML Schema
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
root.sh
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- back up
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- running
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
root.sh file
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
root.sh script
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- $ORACLE_HOME
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- backing up
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
ROOTOFNEGATIVE option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
rotate operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
-
rotating cube edges, example of
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
ROUND (date)
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
ROUND (date) function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ROUND (date) SQL function
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
ROUND (expression)
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
ROUND (number) function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ROUND function
- date function
(SQL Language Reference)
- for numbers
(OLAP DML Reference)
- format models
(SQL Language Reference)
- number function
(SQL Language Reference)
-
rounding floating-point numbers
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
round-robin
- distribution value
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
ROUND-ROBIN resource allocation method
(Administrator's Guide)
-
round-trips to the server, avoiding
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
route activity
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
ROUTE clause
- active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
route geometry
- in route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
route requests
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DTD
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- example
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- previously geocoded locations (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- input_location element
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- pre_geocoded_location element
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
route responses
- DTD
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- example
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- previously geocoded locations (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
route_preference attribute
- of route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
route_request element
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
routine
- See subprogram
- service
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
routine_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
routines
- calling
(SQL Language Reference)
- executing
(SQL Language Reference)
-
routing connections
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
routing engine
- configuring
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- data structures used by
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- deploying
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- overview
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- XML API
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
row
- adding
- with Insert Row tool (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- with INSERT statement (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- address of (rowid)
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- locking explicitly
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- relationship to record
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
row cache
(Concepts)
-
row cache objects
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
row chaining
(Concepts)
-
ROW command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- processing output
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
row constructor
(SQL Language Reference)
-
row data (section of data block)
(Concepts)
-
row directories
(Concepts)
-
row errors
- Import
(Utilities)
-
ROW EXCLUSIVE lock mode
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ROW EXCLUSIVE MODE option of LOCK TABLE statement
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
ROW function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
row label
- default
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
row labels
- changing compartments
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- default
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- example
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- in distributed environment
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inserting
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- LABEL_DEFAULT option
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- privileges
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- restoring
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- saving defaults
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting compartments
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting groups
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting levels
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- understanding
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- updating
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- viewing
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
row LCRs
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
row level security
- virtual private database
(High Availability Overview)
-
row locators
- in the Pivot operator
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- in the Unpivot operator
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
row lock
- acquiring with FOR UPDATE OF
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using to improve performance
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- when acquired
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- when released
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
row locking
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
row locks
- acquiring with FOR UPDATE OF
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- advantage of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using to improve performance
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when acquired
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when released
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
row migration
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
row movement clause for partitioned tables
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
row objects
- storage
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
row pieces
(Concepts)
-
row prefetching
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- and data streams
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
ROW SHARE lock mode
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ROW SHARE MODE option of LOCK TABLE statement
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
row source generation
(Concepts)
-
row sources
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
row subsetting
(Advanced Replication)
- deployment templates
(Advanced Replication)
- materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
-
row trigger
(Java Developer's Guide)
- body of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- column values accessible to
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
row value constructor
(SQL Language Reference)
-
row values
- pivoting into columns
(SQL Language Reference)
-
row versions
- creation of
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
ROW_ID$
- control column
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
ROW_LABEL function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
ROW_LEVEL_LOCKING system parameter
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
row_movement_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ROW_NUMBER function
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ROW2CELL column
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #7] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #8] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
rowBlockNumber attribute of SDO_RASTER
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
ROWDEPENDENCIES clause
(Advanced Replication)
- creating tables
(Advanced Replication)
- of CREATE CLUSTER
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ROWID
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #13] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #14] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- as stored function results
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- column definition from DESCRIBE
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- external data type
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- external datatype
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- FETCH INTO ROWID host variable
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- implicit fetching
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- in expressions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- logical
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OCIRowid descriptor
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle external datatype
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- pseudocolumn
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using to mimic CURRENT OF (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using to mimic CURRENT OF (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SELECT INTO ROWID host variable
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- support
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- universal
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Universal ROWID
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- used for positioned updates and deletes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
rowid
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- convert ROWID to string, XLA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- foreign
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in general
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- logical
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- universal (urowid)
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- using rowids, ROWID type
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
ROWID class
- CursorName methods
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- defined
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
ROWID columns
- loading with SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
ROWID data type
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- converting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- description
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- explicit conversion
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- implicit conversion
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- in expressions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- INSERT SELECT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
ROWID data types
- in logical standby databases
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
ROWID datatype
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- extended format
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- external
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- heap tables versus index-organized tables
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- internal
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- Universal
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use of
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use of ALLOCATE
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
Rowid optimizer flag
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
ROWID pseudocolumn
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- CQN and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in general
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in static SQL
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- instead of CURRENT OF clause
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- See also rowid
- using to mimic CURRENT OF
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- what it is
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
ROWID pseudocolumns
- retrieving with SQLROWIDGET
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- universal ROWID
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using to mimic CURRENT OF
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
ROWID type
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
ROWID, use for result set updates
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
ROWID_ARG procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
ROWID_BLOCK_NUMBER function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROWID_CREATE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
rowid_datatypes
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ROWID_INFO procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROWID_OBJECT function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROWID_RELATIVE_FNO function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROWID_ROW_NUMBER function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROWID_TO_ABSOLUTE_FNO function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROWID_TO_EXTENDED function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROWID_TO_RESTRICTED function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROWID_TYPE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
ROWID_VERIFY function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
rowids
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- description of
(SQL Language Reference)
- extended
- base 64 (SQL Language Reference)
- not directly available (SQL Language Reference)
- foreign
(Concepts)
- index
(Concepts)
- logical
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- nonphysical
(SQL Language Reference)
- of foreign tables
(SQL Language Reference)
- of index-organized tables
(SQL Language Reference)
- physical
(Concepts)
- row migration
(Concepts)
- rowid materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- scans
(Concepts)
- table access by
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- universal
(Concepts)
- uses for
(SQL Language Reference)
-
rowids, ROWID type
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
ROWIDTOCHAR function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ROWIDTONCHAR function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
ROWLABEL column
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
ROWNUM
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
ROWNUM pseudocolumn
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- uses for
(SQL Language Reference)
-
ROWNUM pseudocolumns
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
ROWNUM specification
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
ROWS
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
rows
- adding
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- adding to a table
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- addresses
(Concepts)
- allowing movement of between partitions
(SQL Language Reference)
- buffering multiple
(Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- chaining across blocks
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- choosing which to load using SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- clustered
(Concepts)
- definition
(Concepts)
- deleting
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- exporting
(Utilities)
- fetching from cursors
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- format of in data blocks
(Concepts)
- identifying during conflict detection
(Advanced Replication)
- inserting
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- into partitions (SQL Language Reference)
- into remote databases (SQL Language Reference)
- into subpartitions (SQL Language Reference)
- inserting into tables and views
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- in-line and out-of-line portions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- iterative modification
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- listing chained or migrated
(Administrator's Guide)
- locking
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- locks on
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- maximum per table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- migrating to new block
(Concepts)
- modify
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- movement between partitions
(SQL Language Reference)
- performing computations on
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- removing
- from a cluster (SQL Language Reference)
- from a cluster (SQL Language Reference)
- from a table (SQL Language Reference)
- from a table (SQL Language Reference)
- from partitions and subpartitions (SQL Language Reference)
- from tables and views (SQL Language Reference)
- retrieving
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- row set
(Concepts)
- row source
(Concepts)
- row sources
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- rowids used to locate
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- selecting
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- selecting in hierarchical order
(SQL Language Reference)
- setting number retrieved at one time
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting the number after which COPY commits
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- shown in rowids
(Concepts)
- specifying constraints on
(SQL Language Reference)
- specifying for import
(Utilities)
- specifying number to insert before save
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- storage
(Concepts)
- storing if in violation of constraints
(SQL Language Reference)
- triggers
(Concepts)
- understanding
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- unlocking
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- updates to existing rows with SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- updating
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
ROWS parameter
- Export utility
(Utilities)
- Import utility
(Utilities)
- performance issues
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader command line
(Utilities)
- using to specify when data saves occur
(Utilities)
-
rows, filtering out
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
rows_processed function
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
RowSet
- events and event listeners
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- overview
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- properties
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- traversing
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
rows-processed count
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- use in error reporting
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- using in error reporting
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
ROWTOHEX function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
ROWTONCHAR function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
ROWTYPE_MISMATCH exception
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
row-based
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
row-based (target only)
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
row-based versus set-based
- loading transaction data
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
row-level dependency tracking
(SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
row-level locking
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- attribute setting
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- optimizer flag
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
row-level locks
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
row-level security
- See fine-grained access control, Oracle Virtual Private Database (VPD)
-
row-level security (VPD)
- Workspace Manager considerations
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
row-level trigger
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- example
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- pseudorecords and
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- what it is
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
RPAD
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
RPAD function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RPAD SQL function
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
RPC
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- BINDING command-line option used with
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- call to PL/SQL
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- definition
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- function
- PGAINIT (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGAINIT (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGAINIT (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGAINIT (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAINIT (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAINIT (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGATERM (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGATERM (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAXFER (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGAXFER (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGAXFER (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAXFER (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- within the gateway (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- within the gateway (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- within the gateway (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- within the gateway (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- processing
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
RPC dependency management
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
RPC interface
- PGATCTL
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGATERM
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGATRAC
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAXFER
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- See also, remote procedural call (RPC)
-
RPC time out
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
RPC_GENERATE
- command-line option
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
RPC_GENERATE command-line option
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
RPC. See remote procedure call
-
RPC-signature dependency mode
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
RPIX image format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
RPM
- checking
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- rpm command
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
-
rpm command
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
RPMs
- ASMLib
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- checking
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- default Linux installation and
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
RPO
- See recovery point objective (RPO)
-
RR date format element
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
RR datetime format element
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
RR diagrams
- see syntax diagrams
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
RSA key
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
RSA keys
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
RSA private key
(Security Guide)
-
RSA Security, Inc. (RSA)
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
RSFs
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
RSID$
- control column
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
rsize parameter
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
RSMN background process
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
RT function
(Text Reference)
-
RT operator
(Text Reference)
-
RTO
- See recovery time objective (RPO)
-
RTP
- activities
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- and Side Information Profiles
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- definition
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- executing
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- function in the gateway
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using SNA
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGA_CAPABILITY settings for read-only RTPs
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- purpose
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
RTRIM function
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- in the Transformation operator
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
RTRIM SQL function
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
rule
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- defined
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
rule action
- preferences
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
rule class
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- process rules defined on XML documents
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
rule class properties
- see event management policies
-
rule condition
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- ANY n semantics
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- negation
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- sequencing of primitive events
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- set semantics
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- with spatial predicates
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
RULE networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
rule on queue
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
rule session
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
Rule Set Configuration Issues Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
rule sets
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- about
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- adding existing rules
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- adding rules to
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- audit options
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- command rules
- disabled (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- selecting for (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- used with (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECT role configured incorrectly, solution for
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creating
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rules in (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creating names
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- default rule sets
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- default rule sets not showing in Database Vault Administrator
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- deleting
- rule set (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rules from (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rules from (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- disabled for
- factor assignment (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realm authorization (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- dropping
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL constants, example of
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- editing
- rule sets (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rules in (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- error options
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- evaluation
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- partial (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- evaluation of rules
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- evaluation options
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- event handlers
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- events firing, finding with DVSYS.DV_SYSEVENT
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors, selecting for
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors, used with
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- fail code
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- fail message
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- functions
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL (utility) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL constants (fields) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- PL/SQL functions for rule sets (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- guidelines
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- how rule sets work
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- incomplete
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- naming conventions
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- negative
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- nested rules
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- object privileges
- granting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- revoking (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- performance effect
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- positive
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- procedures
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- process flow
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- propagating policies to other databases
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- removing rules from
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- reports
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rules that exclude one user
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- See also command rules, factors, realms, rules, secure application roles
- static evaluation
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- system privileges
- granting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- revoking (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- views
- DBA_DV_RULE (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_RULE_SET (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_RULE_SET_RULE (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
RULE_CLASSIFIER type
(Text Reference)
-
RULE_LIST networking parameter
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
rulebases
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- attribute of SEM_MATCH
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- deleting if in failed state
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_RULEBASE_INFO view
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_RULEBASES data type
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEMR_rulebase-name view
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
rules
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- about
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- action contexts
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding name-value pairs (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- adding name-value pairs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding name-value pairs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding name-value pairs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding name-value pairs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- altering (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- getting name-value pairs (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- getting value for name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing name-value pairs (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing name-value pairs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- removing name-value pairs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- removing name-value pairs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transformations (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- transformations (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- ADD_RULE procedure
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding to a chain
(Administrator's Guide)
- altering
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- apply process
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- apply processes
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- capture process
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- capture processes
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- clusters
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- components
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- confidence
(Data Mining Concepts)
- creating
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating names
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RULE package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_RULE_ADM package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Decision Tree
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- deleting from rule set
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- dropping
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- dropping from chains
(Administrator's Guide)
- editing
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- EVALUATE procedure
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- evaluation
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- iterators (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- iterators (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- iterators (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- partial (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- evaluation contexts
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- altering (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- creating (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- evaluation function (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- user-created (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- variables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- event context
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- example (Streams Extended Examples)
- example applications
(Streams Extended Examples)
- existing rules, adding to rule set
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- explicit variables
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- example (Streams Extended Examples)
- example (Streams Extended Examples)
- generating
(Text Reference)
- implicit variables
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- example (Streams Extended Examples)
- in MODEL clause
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- in SQL modeling
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- iterative results
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- example (Streams Extended Examples)
- managing
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- MAYBE rules
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- example (Streams Extended Examples)
- monitoring
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- naming conventions
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- nested within a rule set
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- object privileges
- granting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- granting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- revoking (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- revoking (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- order of evaluation
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- partial evaluation
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- example (Streams Extended Examples)
- privileges
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- managing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- PROFILE
(Data Mining Concepts)
- propagations
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- removing (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$ATTRIBUTE_VALUE type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$COLUMN_VALUE type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$COLUMN_VALUE_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$NAME_ARRAY type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$NV_ARRAY type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$NV_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$RULE_HIT type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$RULE_HIT_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$TABLE_ALIAS type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$TABLE_ALIAS_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$TABLE_VALUE type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$TABLE_VALUE_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$VARIABLE_TYPE type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$VARIABLE_TYPE_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$VARIABLE_VALUE type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RE$VARIABLE_VALUE_LIST type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing from rule set
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reports
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule conditions
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- complex (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- explicit variables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- finding patterns in (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- implicit variables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams compatibility (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- types of operations (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- undefined variables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- using NOT (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- variables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule_hits
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- See also rule sets
- simple rules
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- subset
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- defining (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- querying for action context of (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- querying for names of (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- support
(Data Mining Concepts)
- synchronous capture
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- synchronous captures
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- system privileges
- granting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- granting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- revoking (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- revoking (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- system-created
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- action context (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- and_condition parameter (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DDL rules (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DDL rules (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DML rules (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- evaluation context (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- evaluation context (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- event context (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- global (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- global apply (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- global capture (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- global propagation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- global schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message propagation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- modifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- removing (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- row migration (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- schema (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- schema capture (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- schema propagation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STREAMS$EVALUATION_CONTEXT (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- STREAMS$EVALUATION_CONTEXT (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- subset (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- subset (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- subset apply (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- subset capture (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- subset propagation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- table (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- table apply (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- table capture (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- table propagation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- table data
- example (Streams Extended Examples)
- example (Streams Extended Examples)
- example (Streams Extended Examples)
- troubleshooting
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- TRUE rules
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- types
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- user-created
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- variables
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- views
- DBA_DV_RULE (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_RULE_SET_RULE (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
rules application
- complex
- XML tag extensions (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- XML tag extensions (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- converting
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- creating
- spanning multiple tiers (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- spanning multiple tiers (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- use composite event (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- use simple or non-composite event (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- event management policies
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- examples
- law enforcement (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- order management (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- rule evaluation
- multitier mode (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- single tier mode (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
rules engine
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
rules files for udev
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
rules for using directory objects and BFILEs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
rules indexes
- See entailments
-
Rules Manager
- developing rules applications
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- five elements of an application
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- internal objects
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- overview and introduction
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- process steps
- creating and implementing rules application (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- use cases
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
Rules Manager object types
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
rules session
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
rules sets
- audit event, custom
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
rules, syntax for network configuration files
(Net Services Reference)
-
rule-based classification
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
rule-based subscription for Workspace Manager events
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
rule-based transformations
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- custom
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- action contexts (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- altering (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- managing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- privileges (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- declarative
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- managing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- step number (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- managing
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- ordering
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
rule-based XML query rewrite
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
Run Application icon
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
run clause, syntax diagram
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
RUN command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- backupCommands subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- executing current PL/SQL block
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- maintenanceCommands subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- making last line current
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restoreCommands subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- run clause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- similar to / (slash) command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
Run Function window
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
run level
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
Run Page icon
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
RUN procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RUN procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
RUN SQL*Plus command
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
Run tool
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
RUN_CHECK Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RUN_TASK Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
runcluvfy.sh
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
running
- apex_epg_config.sql
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- apexins.sql
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- applications
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- apxchpwd.sql
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- apxdevrm.sql
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- apxdvins.sql
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- apxldimg.sql
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- apxrtins.sql
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- ASMCMD in a database home
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- ASMCMD in an Oracle grid infrastructure
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- chains
(Administrator's Guide)
- in silent mode to install
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- jobs
(Administrator's Guide)
- OUI after installation
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- pages
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- processes
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- SQL Repair Advisor
(Administrator's Guide)
-
running .NET procedures in Query Window
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
running .NET procedures in SQL
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
running examples in this guide
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
running installation script file
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
running multiple Oracle releases on the same computer
(Upgrade Guide)
-
running OCI application
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
running PL/SQL function or procedure
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- dialog box
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
running SQL interactively
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
running the Mod*SQL compiler
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
running the SQL*Module compiler
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
running totals
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
RUNOUTLINE precompiler option
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
Runtime
- disk space requirements
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- installation type
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
-
runtime
- categories of errors
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- debugging output (AuditorInstaller)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- functionality
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- functionality of profiles
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- generated calls to runtime
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- globalization support
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- JDBC driver selection and registration
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- overview
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- packages
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- set up connection
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- steps in runtime processing
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- test
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
runtime auditing
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
Runtime Connection Load Balancing
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
Runtime connection load balancing
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
runtime connection load balancing
(High Availability Overview)
- defined
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- disabling
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- in OCI session pools
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- introduction to
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
runtime context
- establishing
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- terminating
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
runtime environment
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- about
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- changing to development environment
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- installing
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express Installation Guide)
-
runtime parameters
- SAP
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
runtime parameters, configuring
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
runtime performance, improving
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
runtime settings
- RESTRICT_IP_RANGE
(Application Express Administration Guide)
-
runtime traces
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- controls
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- conversion warnings
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- data conversion tracing
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- gateway exchange tracing
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- runtime function entry/exit tracing
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
runtime type checking
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
runtime, SAP
(Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
-
RUNTIME_INFO Record Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
RuntimePermission
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
RUNTOTAL function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
run-time aggregation
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
run-time compilation
- avoiding
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
run-time connection load balancing
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- enabling
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- how it works
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- load balancing advisory
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- overview
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- setting up
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- statistics
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
run-time contexts, stored procedures
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
run-time error
- See exception
-
run-time error handling
- for distributed query
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for PL/SQL Server Pages (PSP) script
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for remote subprogram
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for storage allocation error
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for user-defined exception
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in general
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- See also exception
-
run-time facilities
(Security Guide)
- restriction permissions
(Security Guide)
-
run-time facilities, restricting permissions
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
RV_discardAmount
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
RV_limitPolicy
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
RV_maxEvents
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
R-tree indexes
- description of indexing process
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- rebuilding
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- requirements before creating
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- sequence object
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
R-tree quality
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
R-trees
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)